1630 to 1639 (Principia Moderni III Map Game)

This page is an archive for the Principia Moderni III map game, from 1630 to 1639.

1630
 '''!Xoonte and Zimbabwe, alarmed by the recent arrival of more Europeans on their borders make a pact between themselves,  and with Sofala,  promising protection from Europeans. The Rikisi of !Xoonte asks permission to use |onte’s elite Eheresito hu Suida in the case of a war.'''

'''Sofala was conquered, so it can not be in a treaty with any nation at this time. -MP'''


 * ummmm ... I kind of conquered Sofala ... so I own it now ...
 * Fixed it. -Feud
 * The algo says not?

 '''A plague breaks out in northern Italy, causing widespread death in cities such as Milan and Venice. Nicknamed the Great Plague of Milan, the outbreak is noted as one of many later outbreaks of the bubonic plague since the Black Death.'''

 Popcorn is introduced to English settlers for the first time by natives in Borealia.


 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, Urraca Manrique de Lara gives birth to a girl, who is named Teresa.
 * Sultanate of Yemen (سلطنة اليمن): Following the death of the Sultan due to his old age, his eldest son and heir to the throne; Prince Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle was declared the new Sultan. The new Sultan was keen on developing relations with foreign states especially the Damascan Sultanate, Sultanate of Oman and the Roman Empire after Yemen had been left in isolation during the tyrannical reign of the false Prophet. The Sultan ordered the construction of wells and transportation of food supplies to the underdeveloped areas and he arrived to comfort the people suffering. Although referred to as naive by many people of the Royal family, he was considered a saint by the poor people. He ordered the construction of a major port near the Bab-el-Mandeb to be utilized by foreign states who were passing through and ordered an increase in the sale of coffee to foreign nations and tried his very best to prevent others from finding out the way to grow and make coffee. The Sultan gave orders that every male above the age of 16 would receive military training regardless of the fact as to whether he was willing to join the military or not. This move was taken so as to make sure the people of the nation are strong enough to fight if war ever started and finally, after discussion with close advisors; the Sultan proclaimed the start of a plan to develop the infrastructure to Yemen to make sure that at least 90% of the population had a home to live in and with the plan near completion, the population booms. The military was equipped with light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy and importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and camels as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. The areas near Oman being sparsely populated and mostly deserted had been used for military training and military exercises. The military was indeed much more capable of fighting in the desert than various states and the navy was developed to prevent any attempt by any foreign states to block the Bab-el-Mandeb. The navy was mostly deployed near the Bab-el-Mandeb although the Yemeni navy routinely patrolled the waters near its borders and was on many occasions, sent along with merchant ships carrying goods from India and the East Indies to severely reduce chances of pirates capturing the ships. The construction of four frigates annually, equipped with 80 cannons each was ordered. Meanwhile, our economy boomed due to our control over the three major islands of Farasan, Zuqar and Dahlek which granted us a lot of control over the Bab-el-Mandeb and the navy, too, was deployed to protect the islands. We concentrated our trade mainly with the Damascus Sultanate although trade with Bengal, Mansuriyya, Roman Empire and Bengal, too, played a huge part in our economy. Our influence spread rapidly through Eritrea as many missionaries were also sent to spread Islam and construct mosques as well as spread Yemenis culture. Trade with Bengal had soon come to a halt and instead Yemen now depended upon Croatia for the import of Indian goods through Goa but soon this decision was reverted, and trade once again started with Bengal We expand 25 px in Western Arabia. Meanwhile, missionaries were sent to the Kingdom of Abyssinia to spread Islam amongst the people and collaborate with Christian missionaries to form brotherhood between Muslims and Christians. Many Yemeni nobles were ordered to marry their Abyssinian counterparts and plans to sign a free trade agreement were made. The Sultan exported large amounts if coffee to Abyssinia and plans to construct a major port for Abyssinia were made. Meanwhile, trade with Mediterranean states had led to Yemen heavily depending upon the Straits of Tiran (Yemen has poor relations with Egypt) and with the discovery of an island at the mouth of the straits, the Yemeni military quickly launched an invasion and captured the island thus protecting Yemeni trade and having a military base quite near the Philadelphi Canal. The presence of Yemen right at the mouth of the Straits of Tiran also meant that Yemen would not face much difficulty in conducting reconnaissance and espionage missions directed toward Egypt. After a series of attacks on Yemen's Christian community, the Sultan ordered the assailants to be put to death and announced equal rights for the People of the Book living in Yemen, Iritriyā or al Somal and to prove that all the people would be treated equally, he ordered the construction of the Church of Al Yemen (Turn 5/5); a move which angered many clerics but most of them restrained from protesting at the thought of being beheaded for treachery. With the recent purchase of the Masirah Island, Yemeni influence drastically increased in the Arabian Sea and a minor port was constructed at the island. Attacks are launched upon Aegypt Eco Turn and Infra Turn
 * Sultanate of Iritriyā (سلطنة إريتريا): Sultan Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle was proclaimed the King of Ahritriya and plans to develop the African Kingdom were made by first constructing a major port at the Straits of Mandeb to counter that of the Damascan Sultanate. Missionaries had started to set up religious schools and mosques for the spread of Islam and the calling of Azaan was made compulsory at every town at Ahritriya. Order for the cultivation of coffee was given. The military was equipped with muskets and the infantry were trained by Yemeni men. The purchase of slaves from Ahritriya and neighbouring tribes had begun due to the lack of workers at Yemen. The Sultan passed laws prohibiting anyone from mistreating their slaves and declared that the people of Iritriyā were equal to those of Yemen. In order to increase the living standards of the people, the construction of mud brick houses as well as the setting up of wells had started. The infrastructure was rapidly developed and many men were employed to capture and sell slaves from neighbouring areas Mil Turn and Eco Turn
 * Emirate of al Somal (إمارة آل الصومال): Prince Hamza bin Ahmad Al-Mahri bin Fadhle was appointed as the Governor of Al Somal and under his orders, progress was made in developing the living conditions of the people living by the coast. The Al Yamanah Militia was permanently deployed to maintain order and control over the region and with the recent purchase of inner Somalia by Romania, the Militia had rid itself of the more troublesome tribes but had also managed to invest more on Law and Order using the money. The people were held under surveillance to purge the troublemakers from the society and to make sure no one was plotting against the authority. Meanwhile, the entire Royal family that had previously ruled over Al Somal had been gotten ridden off in a regicide and anyone supporting a return of any monarchy had his tongue pulled out. The people were thus largely oppressed although the living conditions and treatment of those who supported the regime was above average. Miner ports had been built and fishing remained a major occupation for those living by the coast. Many slaves were purchased by wealthy business men from Yemen and everyone above the age of 16 was given military training in the deserts of Yemen before being sent back to al Somal. Eco Turn and Mil Turn
 * Damascan Sultanate: Sulimen IV rules as Sultan, now aging at 60. Sulimen IV promotes migration to Damascus (دمشق) as it now numbers 415,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 310,000. The people continue to rally toward Islam. The Kurdistan regents begins merging into the Damascan Sultanate. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever lock guns are being replaced rapidly with Arquebuses. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 22.6 million. Karaman and Damascus become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed. Once again Mansuriyya and Damascus become some of the closest allies around the globe, not allowing anything to separate them. In the joyous occasion; Sultan Sulimen IV has a son, Sulimen V and a daughter Ablahadahla which are now 6. They are twins. We increase our relations with Urdustan, Yemen, and Mansuriyya. Light matchlock muskets are heavily in use and well advanced; designing guns that are faster, more efficient, and lighter. Jerusalem grows to 370,000.
 * Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With becoming a newly fastened vassal once again under the rule of the Damascan Sultanate, the vassal's neighbor, Dibayakir begins to become more friendly with both Karaman and Damascus. The economy is expanded, and centralization begins as Karaman now is under the protection and at the command of the Sultan. Now becoming part of the Sultanate, the vassal focuses on economically boosting themselves, as they no longer have to building a force if chance of invasion. Karaman encourages Dibayakir once again, to join Damascus.
 * Southern Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Military expands. Borders are re-inforced and patrolled. Azerbaijan after 30-35 years of Damascan influence, the region is somewhat Muslim-Turk. With the majority of the previous Orthodox Christians moving to Armenia. Azerbaijan is reaffirmed into the Damascan Sultanate. Troops are sent to re-inforce the vassal.
 * Aleppraqht (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 70,000. Economy expands.
 * Dhubab (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The new port city in Yemen bought from the Romanians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy expands. With the new merger of territories, Dhubab becomes an official vassal of the Damascan Sultanate.
 * Cairo: With the city being taken from Aegypt, they make a deal with the Roman Empire to be given to strongest Islamic power in the area, that being the Damascan Sultanate. Sultan Sulimen IV forces the Aegyptian king to sign a charter dismissing Aegypt as an independent country. A regicide is then followed out, and assassins from the Dhu-Allakir Vortrahava Brotherhood are sent to kill the royal family and any high ranking generals that may be hiding either in Sinai or Cairo. Economy and infrastructure expands. Cairo's population rises to 360,000. As many of the Muslims throughout Aegypt now face fealty under Roman rulership flock to the great Muslim city, in haven to be in an Islamic community. Troops in the Aegyptian war take refuge in the city while continuing and partaking in missions to finish off the small bit of resistance which Aegypt still holds.
 * Sinai: The desert peninsula of Sinai is very scarce in population. Although along the southern and northern tips, the people flourish, with medium sized towns, and bountiful trade routes, a small bit of land is given to the Mansuriyya Sultanate, and a small port town is given to the Croatian government.  Both of these lie on the southern tips, Mansuriyya being on the Western side, Croatia on the East. Economy expands with gaining Damascan trade. Oils, glass, gold, and firearms flow through the new trade routes into Aegypt.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Military, navy and economy improve. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 2,600,000. Qusqo is currently the largest city, (110,000), followed by Peru (67,000), Machu Picchu (64,000), Chimu (39,000) and Sican (36,000) and New Burgandy (33,000). The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Cava hits the age of 24 while Apeac II hits age 19. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (410,000), Hurin Qosquo (266,000), Hurin Nazca (110,000), Wanka (109,000), Hanan Nazca (102,000), Hurin Chimor (98,000), Anti Chimo, (90,000), Aymara (66,000), Willkapampa (45,000), and La Paz (28,000). The four quarters, orSuyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu (755,000),  Chimor Suyu (168,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Representing the large German minority, city with the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr and the Zapotec begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationalist movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier. Having received ships from Spain, the Inca Navy is formed and the First Fleet of the Inca is christened. We thank Spain for the loan and we begin to reconstruct Hurin Nazca. "The Great Plague" makes a re-emergence in the Eastern and Western most districts, stunning growth outside of Cuzco Suyu. With the Death of Apeac the First, his son takes the throne. Within a year of taking the throne, he proves himself to be a radical. One of his first actions is to enact the Qosqo Codes, four new codes that serve as a new standard of laws within the Empire. The first code Creates a limited parliament, giving votes only to those who live in the Golden Cities. This new parliament can also only suggest laws, of which the Sapa Inca can reject. The second code creates the first university in the Inca Empire, the University of Hanan Qosqo. The third code officially passes the Laws of Succession which were drafted years ago. The fourth and final code sets up the standardized Inca Census organization, a government funded body that deals with managing population growth and conducting the census.
 * Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 360,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Military, navy and economy improve. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 50,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 35,000.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.2 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. Spain, seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents, leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment thats been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. The Spanish armed forces are increased to nearly 50,000 with the reserves to match. This only applies to Spain proper as various other military forces are around the colonies keeping the forces all manned up and ready to fight in case of conflict. The Capital of Madrid officially reaches a population of nearly 140,000 and growing. Help is sent to Italy to keep the plague down.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied Culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is two million. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about 1.5 million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (5000 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.2 million with many living within the Cuba island territory.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The Military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha is counted at nearly nine million with the inclusion of large native cities, expansion of the borders farther north, and the immigration of Spaniards. With this, however, a few prominent priests in Hispania have made it quite obvious that the integrated native cities should be left alone outside of tribute collection and troop levies in order to preserve the working potential of their population and prevent disease from totally wiping them out. Many, however, have begun to see a large rise in immunity to diseases such as smallpox. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of Integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony Proper.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
 * New Granada: The colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 55,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 15,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco city.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy.
 * Chile: The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 2000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Aymara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day. The Spanish instigate a large expansionary policy of connecting Chile with New Spain in a Big way making a dedicated push across the continent.
 * East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin: The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. The Royal governor of Cochin is established in the city of Bago, the area's greatest port city and impressed with it the Hispanian governor makes it the capital of the Spanish territory of Cochin. As a militaristic governor he immediately begins plans to keep the region secure and prevent further uprising, as well as make the territory profitable for him, and keep the Spanish East India Company out of the area. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 450,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain.
 * Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that can not set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City is finally fully rebuilt as a major trade port with a population of about 45,000.
 * Shanghai: The city of Shanghai due to its presence on the mainland of China proper becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. The Chinese Sepoya troops are decreased from 7000 to 3000 while Japanese mercenaries and pirates are hired to serve as troops with nearly 5000 of these troops hired and deployed. The South China Sea Company officially purchases its first 20 military warships top of the line from Spain.
 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more sucesses.  Financial loans  continue to be given to Bahmani and Jaunpur. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The first address the issue of the dimishing currency, the Urdustani Taka is implemented upon all the vassals, as it wasn't previously to facilitate better interior trade with vassals. To increase our coffers in the wake of this financial mess, the Urdustani Emperor impliments a "Jewel Tax", in which gems, that come from abroad, or from Ava, are taxed when they are sold, or imported, or exported. To better specialize, and economize the Urdustani economy, we begin to sponsor specific locations for specific crops, such as rice and tobacco in the Bengal region, Indigo in the Gurjurat region, potatos in Vijaynagar, etc. The Emperor's two children continue their education by both native Indian teachers, and by European advisors. Translation of many works of  art, poetry, or books, from native,  cultural  languages, begins to strengthen the Urdu and Hindi speakers in an effort to break some linguistic and cultural barriers. Bhārata kā asalī rājakumāra, after his brother's actions, decides to offer amnesty to the rioters who disband now (Mod Response). The اردو کی زمین شاہی گارڈ, are displeased with this apparent weakness in the leader who they believed they utterly controlled.
 * Rajya of Orissa (Uṛīsā kē rājya, اڑیسہ کی بادشاہی): Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues, as well as cash crop cultivations.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa (Grēṭara asama kē rājya, گریٹر آسام کی بادشاہی): The Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): Due to the recent riots within Urdustan, most of the Hindu ones breaking out in Vijaynagar, the local levies controlled by the Emperor are sent out to attempt to quell the largest of riots within the city of Vijaynagar. However, before many of them arrive, the Emperors brother, سفارتی ادقارکرتا (Rājanayika rakṣaka) espouses his brother's idea of amnesty for the rioters who disband now, as a way to prevent a larger conflict from brewing. However, since the more level-headed ones have already disbanded, there is no telling what will happen.
 * Urdustani Diplomacy (Secrets): The Empire of Urdustan offers the nations of Jaunpur and Bahamni a secret agreement between the three nations in the wake of the Hindu nations want for debt money.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 4600 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 700 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes. Although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien Mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in North Western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty, France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria. Due to close proximity to the French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The peasant revolt is ignored for now, although it proves the king that he may need to enforce a new politic in the rural-most areas of France. We are interested in the offer made by Adolf and open up to the idea. Soon afterward, the king buys the idea and commissions Adolf to create new ideas that may have military uses. A colony is established in OTL Fiji after a couple of explorers reach it early this year. The kingdom officially asks the Croatian nation to send settlers from Dalmatian descent due to relative proximity.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Rhineland officially withdraws from the HRE after the council votes 65 against 35 for withdrawing from the HRE, the council begins creating a constitution based on both German and French laws to establish within the area of the kingdom.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Freibourg and Valais are withdrawn from the HRE following the withdrawal from the Rhineland.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Vorlayacor: Northwest expansion continues; a recruitment campaign focused specifically at Tapuia recruits begins. Villages in the northwest are provided resources to expand roads and marketplaces in exchange for troops.
 * Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand their military.
 * County of Oldenburg: The nation rejoices at the news that Princess Proserpina will marry an Austrian prince. In other news, Neu Norderney expands 200 px south along the coast. The economy expands, with the new port facilities in the Northern Islands allowing more whale products to be exported.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The new church choir gets fantastic reviews.
 * Tibet: Buddhist temples are continuing to be built. Roads are continuing to be fixed so that travelers on the Silk Roads can easily get to our nation. Our own version of the arquebus gun is being made. Farming is our most important industry. We mine resources in our caves. We ask the people of our nation if they can help increase the population. The military is increasing due to new training that has been made. This new training is line infantry training with marching aspects. The military is becoming bigger due to new tech and more people joining. We ask Uighur, Si Chuan, and Yun Nan for an alliance. We open our borders to let Chinese people in. We allow people to practice Confucius. Trading goes well with the Chinese. Zuko's first son Hakoda is born.
 * Nepal: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chutiya: We build up our military and economy.
 * Shan States: We build up our military and economy
 * Ottawa: The Ottawa continues to build up their interior and military. Within their lands, the old dirt roads are now replaced by cobblestone roads, former tribal villages now replaced by European style homes. Plantations and large farms dot the countryside and European tongues are heard just as commonly as the native languages. The tribesmen  themselves now dress themselve in European clothing and eat foods spiced with imported spices. Meanwhile, the military, with the help of a contingent of European mercenaries are being trained from their guerrilla-style tactics to European style, regimented combat and soon the militarty is made up of a force of proffessional, uniformed troops supported by a corp of well trained, and disciplined mercenaries. Within the tribe's religion Protestantism has become the dominant practice with the old animism only practiced by a few devoted fanatics. However, among all this progression there is a streak of rebelliousness as traditional hardliners take refuge in camps with the forests. Angered by Chief Joseph's abandonment of their old practices they begin to harass merchants and travellers along the roadways. Meanwhile, Chief Joseph, feeling the title Chief to be too old-fashioned declares himself Joseph, King of the Ottawa, he makes plans to expand his nation and build up their power in the region.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: Syncreticism grows in popularity, with animist and Christian practices continuing to grow together and become increasingly linked. Work on primitive boats continues; trade with Neu Norderney expands. The nation expands 5000 km south, reaching Gichimgamee (OTL Lake Superior); Winipakw expands 375 km. A new policy of offering free land to European immigrants is created; Nehilaw diplomats in Europe advertise this especially in regions of disaffected minorites. A steady stream of these people, especially Basques from France and Spain, are soon arriving. Shipwrights, blacksmiths and other people with useful skills are especially encouraged. Basque immigrants settle in the interior near Gichigamee, forming an area called "Nov Euskadi". Iron mining begins, and native gunsmiths begin to produce crude arquebuses (really, really crude) with the resultant product. A test-firing results in the tester's bloody death, but government enthusiasm does not diminish. Tensions rise with the North Ojibwe over the rights of Cree in that nation.
 * Nemaska: Nemaska infrastructure is improved, while immigrants settle in the area.
 * Chisasibi: The infrastructure is improved, while new roads are built to connect Chisasibi to the rest of the nation. Port facilities also improve.
 * Kapuskasing: The nation expands 3500 km east.
 * Wu China: We start to massively build up our military again, looking as Spain does as she wants with their recently bought city, the Wu start to set their eyes on other states. Our military experiences minor reforms.
 * Tsardom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its economy. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Tsar. The Tsar issues an organizational reform, hoping to effectively improve the administrative divisions and making sure that the power of the nobility is finally obliterated. The Tsar orders a reform of the military as the war casualties in the last war prove that it is slowly becoming outdated. Britannic and French assistance in the reform is politely requested. Britannic assistance is also asked with a newly-induced naval reform.
 * Croatian Knyazdom of Western Hungary: The Knyazdom's economy is primarily expanded. Because of the demographic issues caused by the war, numerous male Croats migrate to Hungary to balance as well as nobles from the Gorjanski family.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy, a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. War plans in Borealia are put on indefinite hold as political and economic tensions ease with Scandinavia. Britannic assistance to Croatia in the reforms is permitted.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * New Dublin (Nuaphail): continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newpaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand.
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Local support is slowly gaining ground. The Oyo territories are rolled into Ghana.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives to Port William at the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises.
 * L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area.
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Dan, now a man of 58 resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Romania, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also, terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Dan takes notice of the new practice of terrace farming. He quickly implements a series of reforms to build many hundreds of these farms all along the Carpathians and in Bulgaria. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. Food surpluses drive down prices. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (2% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by flintlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Constantius now a young man of 36, assists his father. Constantius’ son Vladimir II reaches the age of 9. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow. After years of growth the population of Dacia reaches roughly 4.83 million and rising. As the population rockets upward mass migration of Romanians into southern Kiev and some areas of East Hungary occurs.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional and officers arrive from Dacia to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Dacia causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav II continues growing the economy and military.
 * East Hungary: A Hungarian Legion is drafted, it is comprised of the hardiest and most violent of men. The legion begins to drill in shock tactics, the first ranks will fire then when they are unloaded, draw swords and charge the enemy. The economy also grows considerably after repairs are finished on infrastructure. The influx of Romanians allows any vacant land to be filled quickly.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap garnet and quartz while also adding rubies, emeralds, and other more precious gems. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
 * Roman Empire: The Roman Empire celebrates the victory over Egypt and the successful recapture of the canal and the right to possess Egypt. As such, the Empire adapts for that, and funds collected from the new canal are sent to finance the construction of the Dacian and Croatian ports as well as a Roman port at Berenice. Emperor Thomas II begins to reach the end of his life. While this is happening, discontent is still brewing amongst the nobles, and it remains to be seen what will happen once he dies. Trade continues to expand across the colonies and the mainland nation and as the province of Egypt has fallen back into the hands of the Romans the food exports help provide the Empire with enough food, reducing reliance on imports from the Tartary. This helps the population grow, typically in areas like Anatolia and Serbia. For his part in defeating the Egyptians and securing peace with the Muslims, Theodore von Chersenosos is given an Imperial Triumph back in Constantinople. Following constant reports of native raids and trouble in the southern colonies, an expedition is sent to deal with the problem. Two native states are invaded as the Romans believe them to be the origin of these raids.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the remaining Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius familiy returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasim. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time.
 * Raigama: Military, economy, navy, and infrastructure improve slowly. Seeing the effect and outcome of the recent edict Samir II removes the edict, so hopefully the market can get back on track. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Raigama. Due to the removal of the edict in 1618, the economy and black market start slowly crawling back to its previous state. Samir II orders that all official affairs to be handled in the more reliable Dutch Guilder. The king also orders Rajakaas to be officially decommissioned and removed (melted). A very small amount more of the army is given Dutch military training, and old Dutch weapons. Population increases, and reaches 450,000. The navy is ordered to explore more around India and Indonesia. King Samir II continues to allow the building of naval bases and trade posts in Raigama. Samir II also supports the Dutch military operations in Kotte. Although the education is poorly funded due to the economy, Raigman schools begin to teach Dutch as a second language. Because of the Dutch merchants in the area, Dutch Reformist begins to be sampled among a small area of the population. Wealthier native Raigamans begin to wear fancy Dutch clothes. All of this Dutch influence begins to make a small mix of culture between Raigaman (Indian culture) with Dutch culture. Samir II starts improving relations with Urdustan, Dai Viet, and Ayutthaya. Samir III (heir to Raigaman throne) and Princess Lakshmi of Delhi are married at a public ceremony, this secures an alliance between the two countries. Raigama is approved to join and is now part of the Indian League.
 * Kotte: Kotte mainly increases its economy and infrastructure. A very small amount of the Kotte army are given training and weapons like the Raigaman army. King Samir also orders Kotte currency to be decommissioned. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Kotte. Population reaches 90,000. The number of rebellious citizens in Kotte continues to lower due to the Dutch military operations.
 * Nava Kotte: Nava Kotte becomes a good trade post, used in trading with Ayutthaya, Dai Viet, and Dutch colonies in Indonesia. The colony assembles a very miniscule local (non-government funded) armed force to defend the island. Although the population is very miniscule, due to the amount of Dutch merchants, a (very) small port is established on the north of the island called "Port Willem" (after the Dutch King), and is where many of the merchants reside. There is a high concentration of Dutch culture, due to migration from the less profitable Raigaman mainland.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1630, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. King Franz-Albert II, aged 63, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with  Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Franz-Albert II continues to attempt the propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 20% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 10,000 remaining in Saxony, and 15,000 in Thuringia. Starting in 1595, several high Saxon nobles are displaced, mostly by having their titles and lands revoked, and given out to Bavarian nobility. In September, Franz-Albert II makes the decision to recognize his younger brother Johann, born 1576, as his heir. Johann already has six children, in order of age, Maria-Sofia, Isabella, Leopold, Karl, and Catherine.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1630, Queen Isabell University continues to grow. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Adalbert II normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. Adalbert II dies in 1599, and the Saxon throne passes to Franz-Albert II.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Duchy of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Franz-Albert is proclaimed as Duke of Swabia-Württemberg.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern, reaching a population of 2100, expands this year. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. In 1595, the settlement of Bayreuth is founded in Jülichsberg in early March. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 250 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 250 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of Jülichsberg, 100 sq km southward onto the smaller island south of Katharinas-Hafen, and a final 100 sq km northward, past Jülichsberg, up the coast of mainland Borealia.
 * |onte: The rice and grain supplies show some strain, as the city grows more reliant on the gifts from country farmers. |onte has a growing number of farmers. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,620,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon V brings books from |onte to !Xoonte as a gift, and a few gifts of ivory hoping to improve relations with their King, and spread |on culture. Mon V begins teaching the King of Zimbabwe about the many wonders of literature and |on, along with giving him many gifts. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intellegensia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: The Ten-Year Plan of military build up and construction of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad is finally complete, and thus Sultan Amir's dream has come true. With this dream finally realized, he dies, and thus his 18 year old son takes over, Sultan Abdul-Muhaimin Ibn Nuquad and thus there is a Coronation held for the new Sultan. As a result of the Ten-Year military build up, Construction of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad, and Coronation of Sultan Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad, there is a massive parade in the centre of Baghdad. As a result of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad being complete, there is a massive revival of Sunni Islam, which is called The Great Revival. As such, we now believe we must spread Islam and the Mosque Model everywhere, thus fueling our imperialism.) We also seek to colonize Eastern Africa in order to bring Islam and the Mosque Model there. Infra turn. With our nation being re-established 80 years ago, there is a grand parade held in the center of Baghdad, celebrating 90 years of Manusurryian History, and many reflect on what has happened. (Purges, The Mosque Model, The Great Safavid Union and War, The UIN, the Interim Government, Sultan Amir's reign of peace, and the current reign under Sultan Abul). With this being the case, we elect Sultan Abul-Muhailim as the new leading Sultan of the UIN). The Sultan is becoming ill, and is projected to die within the next ten years, and thus prepares for his twleve year old son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad, to take his place as Sultan during the next ten years. With the Sultan dying and his son growing up, The Grand Council take power for this transitionary ten years. The Sultan's 20 year old son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad, returns home to Baghdad from the Aegyptian War and the Treaty of Alexandria successfully, not only managing to be a great General, but also a great Diplomat. Because of this, Asam is welcomed back to Baghdad as a hero of Manssuryia, and his father the Sultan welcomes him back in open arms and is proud of his son, and says he will be a great Sultan when he dies. There is a massive parade in the centre of Baghdad, but it won't be as massive as when Asim Asad Ibn Nquad will become Sultan in the next two years. Meanwhile, the Sultan gets his affairs in order and the Aegyptian enclaves are added to the Sultanate.'
 * Mansurryian General Dip: We consider the Ankaran proposal. We humbly and graciously thank the Empire of Urdustan for allowing us to be the only selected special trading partner in the UIN in the Declaration of 1593. Now that the year is 1600, we open up Milh, the Alexandrian Omanese trade enclave near OTL Adu Dubai, which sells many domestic goods and goods from the Urdustani Empire. In order to use the the Port of Milh, there will have to be negotiations in order to use the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) since we have complete control over the Gulf.
 * Southern Persia: Military build up is complete. We now go back to building up infrastructure.
 * Oman: Infra build up under the Mosque Model continues. Mosques are particularly constructed on the border of the Oman and OTL Saudi Arabia. Infra turn with the Mosque Model complete in Oman, infrastructure and economy booms. We use this new found money to further develop the economy. There is also a huge Sunni Islamic revival, which fuels imperialism.Eco turn.*
 * Queshm Island: Infra build up and port construction under the Mosque Model continues. Infra turn.
 * Milh:  The Governor was installed one year ago during the transnational period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Implementation of the Mosque Model. Infra turn. With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593. Now that it is the year 1600, we open up our port, Milh, access will be proposed, negotiated, accepted, or declined under Mansurryian diplomacy.*
 * New Baghdad: As a result of the land exchange for Masirah and trading rights, Yemen cedes part of Yemeni Eritrea to us, consisting of OTL Djibouti, and we found the port city of New Baghdad (OTL Djibouti City) as the colony's capital. The colony of New Baghdad also includes Ali Sabielh, as a sort of inland capital to administer New Baghdad's interior, as well as a jump start point for expansion. The Colonial Governor is in charge of New Baghdad, and is met with the traditional Mansurryian welcome of the Mosque Model. (This is especially symbolic since the Mosque Model was introduced to Old Baghdad (Manssuryian Sultanate) 70 years ago. The Mosque Model works like this: Mosques are the centre of the town, and as the centre of each markets and homes are built around the mosques, thus creating towns. As new towns are created roads are created between them, thus fueling the economy. The money used from the economy boom is used to build new mosques, which makes the cycle go all over again. Other results include rise in Sunni Islam and support for the governor. A plan for a road between New Baghdad and Ali Sabieh is being worked out, as well as a plan to connect Addis Ababa, Ali Sabieh and New Baghdad. Wells, along with mosques, are constructed. We expand 50 px inland. We start trading with Romanian Somalia.
 * Mansurryian Dip: We declare support for our Muslim brothers in Aegypt by supplying them. We declare war on Aegypt and send 50,000 troops and supplies to invade Aegypt and the Sultan's son shall lead our forces there. We continue the war in Aegypt and we have 50,000 more troops ready to invade if need be. With the Aegyptian War over, the Sultan's Son goes to Alexandria in order to negoatiate the Treaty of Alexandria. Meanwhile, the Mansuryian Sultanate prepares for the integration of our new territory next year in 1630.
 * Red Sea Governate: Upon the annexation of Hurghada, Ras Gharib,  and Ain Sokhna, all along the Red Sea, we form the Red Sea Governate, comprised of a bunch of small fishing towns and we establish the capital as Hurghdada. In order to change this, we construct ports via the Mosque Model (building Mosques and thus establishing towns from it) We intend for these towns to become major ports in the Red Sea.
 *  Southern Suez Governate: With the annexation of Sharm El Sheik and the surrounding area in Southern Suez, we set up Sharm El Sheik as the capital, and we implement the Mosque Model with the intention of it becoming a major port as well.  
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to economy. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland, and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3,000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat. We ask to purchase Westenland back from France, and also offer an alliance in Africa, promising to aid them in their colonial endeavours. With their numbers dwindling in the wild, we capture a large number of aurochs from Poland to be kept in captivity. We accept the offer from Marx and begin investing in his creation. A submersible device is purchased for our navy to be tested in combat. A second colony is established in western Newfoundland and settlements on the island continue to expand.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: This turn is dedicated to military development. We begin rebuilding our nation’s manpower and military capabilities after the series of recent wars. Trade continues between neighboring nations and allies, as well as to our colonies in the Imperial Sea. Ship production is increased in our ports, with new shipyards and docks being constructed to facilitate larger garrisons of trade ships and military vessels. A small castle begins construction in Gdansk to protect the city and harbor.
 * Polish Imperial Isles: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Steady streams of colonists reach the island of St Stanislaus, where they will soon be sent onto the islands of St Otto and Nowy Krakow to settle.
 * In Pskov, more water wheels start to appear, and more farmers, not happy that they are producing excess food, instead of producing excess food, begin producing a crop they can sell in the fields where excess food is growing, namely, flax seed, the main ingredient in linen cloth. Pskov's population continually grows along with its GDP and average wages, as Russia (and possibly Eastern Europe)'s largest city continues its economic golden age. Meanwhile, both emboldened by the recent victories in Africa, and wary of an unknown independent duchy that literaly has nothing for military or navy, because that was all Scandinavia's ... and they all left ... DECLARES WAR on Ingria because they are afraid of an unknown in their borders, supported by the Veche. In thanks of the Help with conquest of Maputo, Narva receives this year's shipment of ships for free, financed by the Pskovian government. also 5% of all the gold mined in Maputo.
 * ​The Republic of Narva: Continues its military growth. The Riigikogu Passes legislation hiring Pskovian Guards to temporarily remain as the nation's military force. Some Pskovian Merchants set up shop in Narva, and begin selling their products. However, some very oportunistic ones begin setting up not simply markets, but hiring and moving some of their staff to Narva to help with the development of Production. Meanwhile, the efficiency of farming continues to grow as Pskovian methods are imported. Culture begins to grow as well, as some questionists continue to spread their works. The Knyaz-Namestnik Volkov, with the approval of the Riigikogu, Crowns himself the First Vurst of Narva, and officially changes his Surname to Huntide (meaning "of Wolves" in Estonian); and establishes House Huntide**The Pskov Imperial Company (PIC): Continues its trading, stock exchanging, and overall richer getting while simultaneously building more ships and growing the shipyard-town of Novoprussiysk. The PIC moves in to trade with many nations, opening branches wherever it can. Meanwhile, some trade expeditions are sent around Africa to China and Japan, to attempt to establish some sort of siplomatic and trade relationships with the mysterious nations of the far east(to whom they have a monopoly, excluding land routes). Any Indian Nations are asked the right to establish trade with minimal tariff, and so are certain Indochinese nations and Indonesian nations.
 * In The PIC possession of Zlatobrezhie: with the victory of its forces over the Matupans, the Pskovians proceed to root out any remaining resistance with ruthlessness. The Pskovians plan to set up four Lieutenant-Namestnikships in the conquered territory, all ruled centrally by the High Namestnik (Verkhovniy Namestnik) in Sofala. They begin plans to replace all local administartors, or at least begin the process, so that the creation of an official government can be at least established. The cities from which the Lieutenant-Namestniks shall rule are considered being given the Right of Veche once The Pskovian Army has left, however, a contingent of one thousand men shall always remain on the island, part of the troops comissioned to the Pskov Imperial Company. Governor Romanov is given almost absolute authority and people optimistically hope to transition to a (sham) democracy soon, in order for Pskov to get at that gold much easier.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to military. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. Ingria is declared a vassal, and we continue to influence Ingria.
 * Vologda: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Novgorod: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Ingria: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.

1631
'''Hiriak expands in a southerly direction, still attracting Basques from Spain and France. A common tongue is appearing between the many dialects of Basque.'''

Three consecutive staple crop failures in Urdustan leads to intense hunger, disease, and displacement in the region, beginning a large scale famine across the nation.
 * Duchy of Hamburg: The military and navy is increased as shipbuilding  picks up. Exploration into the Pacific continues.
 * Duchy of Mecklenburg: Military expanded.
 * County of Holstein: Military expanded.
 * Duchy of Stade: Military expanded.
 * Prince-Archbishopric of Münster: Military expanded.
 * Karsland: Militia expanded.
 * Damascan Sultanate: Sulimen IV rules as Sultan, now aging at 61. Sulimen IV promotes migration to Damascus (دمشق) as it now numbers 415,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 310,000. The people continue to rally toward Islam. The Kurdistan regents begins merging into the Damascan Sultanate. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever lock guns are being replaced rapidly with Arquebuses. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 22.7 million. Karaman and Damascus become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed. Once again Mansuriyya and Damascus become some of the closest allies around the globe, not allowing anything to separate them. In the joyous occasion; Sultan Sulimen IV has a son, Sulimen V and a daughter Ablahadahla which are now 7. They are twins. We increase our relations with Urdustan, Yemen, and Mansuriyya. Light matchlock muskets are heavily in use and well advanced; designing guns that are faster, more efficient, and lighter. Jerusalem grows to 370,000.
 * Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With becoming a newly fastened vassal once again under the rule of the Damascan Sultanate, the vassal's neighbor, Dibayakir begins to become more friendly with both Karaman and Damascus. The economy is expanded, and centralization begins as Karaman now is under the protection and at the command of the Sultan. Now becoming part of the Sultanate, the vassal focuses on economically boosting themselves, as they no longer have to building a force if chance of invasion. Karaman encourages Dibayakir once again, to join Damascus.
 * Southern Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Military expands. Borders are re-inforced and patrolled. Azerbaijan after 30-35 years of Damascan influence, the region is somewhat Muslim-Turk. With the majority of the previous Orthodox Christians moving to Armenia. Azerbaijan is reaffirmed into the Damascan Sultanate. Troops are sent to re-inforce the vassal.
 * Aleppraqht (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 70,000. Economy expands.
 * Dhubab (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The new port city in Yemen bought from the Romanians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy expands. With the new merger of territories, Dhubab becomes an official vassal of the Damascan Sultanate.
 * Cairo: With the city being taken from Aegypt, they make a deal with the Roman Empire to be given to strongest Islamic power in the area, that being the Damascan Sultanate. Sultan Sulimen IV forces the Aegyptian king to sign a charter dismissing Aegypt as an independent country. A regicide is then followed out, and assassins from the Dhu-Allakir Vortrahava Brotherhood are sent to kill the royal family and any high ranking generals that may be hiding either in Sinai or Cairo. Economy and infrastructure expands. Cairo's population rises to 360,000. As many of the Muslims throughout Aegypt now face fealty under Roman rulership flock to the great Muslim city, in haven to be in an Islamic community. Troops in the Aegyptian war take refuge in the city while continuing and partaking in missions to finish off the small bit of resistance which Aegypt still holds.
 * Sinai: The desert peninsula of Sinai is very scarce in population. Although along the southern and northern tips, the people flourish, with medium sized towns, and bountiful trade routes. Economy expands with gaining Damascan trade. Oils, glass, gold, and firearms flow through the new trade routes into Aegypt.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.


 * Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand their military.
 * Wu China: The Wu continue their continuous military buildup.


 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy, a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. War plans in Borealia are put on indefinite hold as political and economic tensions ease with Scandinavia. Britannic assistance to Croatia in the reforms is permitted. The Empire inacts a new series of reforms designed to better govern the numerous holdings of the Empire. Ships are moved toward Siam.  Scottish inventor George Francis invents the first steam turbine. This new contraption is looked at with curiousity, but its uses are fairly limited at the present time, with several of his contemporaries mocking it, claiming there isn't a real need for such a large and loud contraption.
 * Pretty sure the Spanish beat you to the steam turbine. Stephanus rex (talk) 15:11, September 20, 2014 (UTC)
 * Yes, we did. -Feud 
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * New Dublin: continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newpaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand.
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Local support is slowly gaining ground. The Oyo territories are rolled into Ghana.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives to Port William at the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises.
 * L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area.
 * Tsardom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its military. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Tsar. The Tsar issues an organizational reform, hoping to effectively improve the administrative divisions and making sure that the power of the nobility is finally obliterated. The Tsar orders a reform of the military as the war casualties in the last war prove that it is slowly becoming outdated. Britannic and French assistance in the reform is politely requested. Britannic assistance is also asked with a newly-induced naval reform. Croatia accepts the French request of sending Dalmatian settlers. The current Croatian proposal is to send 20,000 Dalmatians over a ten-year period.
 * Croatian Knyazdom of Western Hungary: The Knyazdom's military is primarily expanded. Because of the demographic issues caused by the war, numerous male Croats migrate to Hungary to balance as well as nobles from the Gorjanski family.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: The nation expands 5000 km southeast, along the coast of Gichigamee. Meanwhile, fishermen land on a large and as yet unknown island in the Adelhied Sea (OTL Belcher Islands). Basques continue to arrive, as the prospect of free land and a more pleasant climate offers major improvements over Greenland. Disaffected Livonians also arrive, settling mainly along the coast. As preexisting groups of these ethnicities now exist, immigrants feel more comfortable and arrive in larger numbers. Basques and Germans are now the two largest minorites in the nation, with Livonians a little behind. Many convert to syncretic practices. Iron mining continues, and native guns' quality improves with the expertise of immigrants. However, the military still refuses to use them, as they are considered too unsafe. A Basque entrepreneur becomes interested in exporting cassina to Europe, but has no way to do so. The vassalization of the North Ojibwe begins (Turn One of Three).
 * Nemaska: Nemaska's population spikes as Basques and Livonians settle in the area, bringing new industries and skills. The economy improves. Nhu Euskadi expands.
 * Chisasibi: The military is improved, while new roads are built to connect Chisasibi to the rest of the nation. Port facilities also improve.
 * Kapuskasing: The nation expands 3500 km east.
 * Tibet: Buddhist temples are continuing to be built. Roads are continuing to be fixed so that travelers on the Silk Roads can easily get to our nation. Our own version of the arquebus gun is being made. Farming is our most important industry. We mine resources in our caves. We ask the people of our nation if they can help increase the population. The military is increasing due to new training that has been made. This new training is line infantry training with marching aspects. The military is becoming bigger due to new tech and more people joining. We ask Uighur, Si Chuan, and Yun Nan for an alliance. We open our borders to let Chinese people in. We allow people to practice Confucius. Trading goes well with the Chinese.
 * Nepal: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chutiya: We build up our military and economy.
 * Shan States: We build up our military and economy.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.2 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. Spain, seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents, leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment thats been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. The Spanish armed forces are increased to nearly 50,000 with the reserves to match. This only applies to Spain proper as various other military forces are around the colonies keeping the forces all manned up and ready to fight in case of conflict. The Capital of Madrid officially reaches a population of nearly 140,000 and growing. Help is sent to Italy to keep the plague down.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied Culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is two million. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about 1.5 million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (5000 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.2 million with many living within the Cuba island territory.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The Military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha is counted at nearly nine million with the inclusion of large native cities, expansion of the borders farther north, and the immigration of Spaniards. With this, however, a few prominent priests in Hispania have made it quite obvious that the integrated native cities should be left alone outside of tribute collection and troop levies in order to preserve the working potential of their population and prevent disease from totally wiping them out. Many, however, have begun to see a large rise in immunity to diseases such as smallpox. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of Integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony Proper.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
 * New Granada: The colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 55,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 15,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco city.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy.
 * Chile: The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 2000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Aymara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day. The Spanish instigate a large expansionary policy of connecting Chile with New Spain in a Big way making a dedicated push across the continent.
 * East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin: The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. The Royal governor of Cochin is established in the city of Bago, the area's greatest port city and impressed with it the Hispanian governor makes it the capital of the Spanish territory of Cochin. As a militaristic governor he immediately begins plans to keep the region secure and prevent further uprising, as well as make the territory profitable for him, and keep the Spanish East India Company out of the area. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 450,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain.
 * Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that can not set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City is finally fully rebuilt as a major trade port with a population of about 45,000.
 * Shanghai: The city of Shanghai due to its presence on the mainland of China proper becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. The Chinese Sepoya troops are decreased from 7000 to 3000 while Japanese mercenaries and pirates are hired to serve as troops with nearly 5000 of these troops hired and deployed. The South China Sea Company officially purchases its first 20 military warships top of the line from Spain.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: The Ten-Year Plan of military build up and construction of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad is finally complete, and thus Sultan Amir's dream has come true. With this dream finally realized, he dies, and thus his 18 year old son takes over, Sultan Abdul-Muhaimin Ibn Nuquad and thus there is a Coronation held for the new Sultan. As a result of the Ten-Year military build up, Construction of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad, and Coronation of Sultan Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad, there is a massive parade in the centre of Baghdad. As a result of the Grand Mosque of Baghdad being complete, there is a massive revival of Sunni Islam, which is called The Great Revival. As such, we now believe we must spread Islam and the Mosque Model everywhere, thus fueling our imperialism.) We also seek to colonize Eastern Africa in order to bring Islam and the Mosque Model there. Infra turn. With our nation being re-established 80 years ago, there is a grand parade held in the center of Baghdad, celebrating 90 years of Manusurryian History, and many reflect on what has happened. (Purges, The Mosque Model, The Great Safavid Union and War, The UIN, the Interim Government, Sultan Amir's reign of peace, and the current reign under Sultan Abul). With this being the case, we elect Sultan Abul-Muhailim as the new leading Sultan of the UIN). The Sultan is becoming ill, and is projected to die within the next ten years, and thus prepares for his twleve year old son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad, to take his place as Sultan during the next ten years. With the Sultan dying and his son growing up, The Grand Council take power for this transitionary ten years. The Sultan's 20 year old son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad, returns home to Baghdad from the Aegyptian War and the Treaty of Alexandria successfully, not only managing to be a great General, but also a great Diplomat. Because of this, Asam is welcomed back to Baghdad as a hero of Manssuryia, and his father the Sultan welcomes him back in open arms and is proud of his son, and says he will be a great Sultan when he dies. There is a massive parade in the centre of Baghdad, but it won't be as massive as when Asim Asad Ibn Nquad will become Sultan in the next two years. Meanwhile, the Sultan gets his affairs in order and the Aegyptian enclaves are added to the Sultanate. This year is the 99th anniversary of the Mansurryian Sultanate, and next year, the 100th anniversary of the Sultanate, the Sultan is expected to die and his son is expected to become the new Sultan. Thus the Sultan gets his affairs in order and says his goodbyes. The Sultan and his son spend the majority of their time together, mainly the Father giving advice to the Son. Meanwhile, the Grand Council prepares to end their reign and transfer it to the Sultan's son.
 * Mansurryian General Dip: We consider the Ankaran proposal. We humbly and graciously thank the Empire of Urdustan for allowing us to be the only selected special trading partner in the UIN in the Declaration of 1593. Now that the year is 1600, we open up Milh, the Alexandrian Omanese trade enclave near OTL Adu Dubai, which sells many domestic goods and goods from the Urdustani Empire. In order to use the the Port of Milh, there will have to be negotiations in order to use the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) since we have complete control over the Gulf.
 * Southern Persia: Military build up is complete. We now go back to building up infrastructure.
 * Oman: Infra build up under the Mosque Model continues. Mosques are particularly constructed on the border of the Oman and OTL Saudi Arabia. Infra turn with the Mosque Model complete in Oman, infrastructure and economy booms. We use this new found money to further develop the economy. There is also a huge Sunni Islamic revival, which fuels imperialism.Eco turn.*
 * Queshm Island: Infra build up and port construction under the Mosque Model continues. Infra turn.
 * Milh:  The Governor was installed one year ago during the transnational period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Implementation of the Mosque Model. Infra turn. With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593. Now that it is the year 1600, we open up our port, Milh, access will be proposed, negotiated, accepted, or declined under Mansurryian diplomacy.*
 * New Baghdad: As a result of the land exchange for Masirah and trading rights, Yemen cedes part of Yemeni Eritrea to us, consisting of OTL Djibouti, and we found the port city of New Baghdad (OTL Djibouti City) as the colony's capital. The colony of New Baghdad also includes Ali Sabielh, as a sort of inland capital to administer New Baghdad's interior, as well as a jump start point for expansion. The Colonial Governor is in charge of New Baghdad, and is met with the traditional Mansurryian welcome of the Mosque Model. (This is especially symbolic since the Mosque Model was introduced to Old Baghdad (Manssuryian Sultanate) 70 years ago. The Mosque Model works like this: Mosques are the centre of the town, and as the centre of each markets and homes are built around the mosques, thus creating towns. As new towns are created roads are created between them, thus fueling the economy. The money used from the economy boom is used to build new mosques, which makes the cycle go all over again. Other results include rise in Sunni Islam and support for the governor. A plan for a road between New Baghdad and Ali Sabieh is being worked out, as well as a plan to connect Addis Ababa, Ali Sabieh and New Baghdad. Wells, along with mosques, are constructed. We expand 50 px inland. We start trading with Romanian Somalia.
 * Mansurryian Dip: We declare support for our Muslim brothers in Aegypt by supplying them. We declare war on Aegypt and send 50,000 troops and supplies to invade Aegypt and the Sultan's son shall lead our forces there. We continue the war in Aegypt and we have 50,000 more troops ready to invade if need be. With the Aegyptian War over, the Sultan's Son goes to Alexandria in order to negoatiate the Treaty of Alexandria. Meanwhile, the Mansuryian Sultanate prepares for the integration of our new territory next year in 1630.
 * Red Sea Governate: Upon the annexation of Hurghada, Ras Gharib,  and Ain Sokhna, all along the Red Sea, we form the Red Sea Governate, comprised of a bunch of small fishing towns and we establish the capital as Hurghdada. In order to change this, we construct ports via the Mosque Model (building Mosques and thus establishing towns from it) We intend for these towns to become major ports in the Red Sea.
 *  Southern Suez Governate: With the annexation of Sharm El Sheik and the surrounding area in Southern Suez, we set up Sharm El Sheik as the capital, and we implement the Mosque Model with the intention of it becoming a major port as well. 
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Dan, now a man of 59, abdicates the throne and hands it to his son of 38 Constantius II, who resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Romania, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also, terraced farming, imported from Spain, has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Dan takes notice of the new practice of terrace farming. He quickly implements a series of reforms to build many hundreds of these farms all along the Carpathians and in Bulgaria. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. Food surpluses drive down prices. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (2% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by flintlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Constantius’ son Vladimir II reaches the age of 10. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow. After years of growth the population of Dacia reaches roughly 4.94 million and rising. As the population rockets upward mass migration of Romanians into southern Kiev and some areas of East Hungary occurs.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Dacia to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Dacia causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav II continues growing the economy and military.
 * East Hungary: The economy and military are improved as more land becomes farmed. The Romanians bring with them the practice of terraced farming which begins to appear in Hungary. Dissent among the Hungarian nobles swells as the Romanians enter Hungary.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap garnet and quartz while also adding rubies, emeralds and other more precious gems. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
 * |onte: The rice and grain supplies show some strain, as the city grows more reliant on the gifts from country farmers. |onte has a growing number of farmers. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,650,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon dies. Mon X takes the head of the Eheresito hu Suida, and maintains relations with both Zimbabwe and !Xoonte. Mon X has noticed that Mon V's works in Zimbabwe can be well felt, as the higher class uses |on frequently. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intellegensia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts, however, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene.
 * Raigama: Military, economy, navy, and infrastructure improve slowly. Seeing the effect and outcome of the recent edict Samir II removes the edict, so hopefully the market can get back on track. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Raigama. Due to the removal of the edict in 1618, the economy and black market start slowly crawling back to its previous state. Samir II orders that all official affairs to be handled in the more reliable Dutch Guilder. The king also orders Rajakaas to be officially decommissioned and removed (melted). A very small amount more of the army is given Dutch military training, and old Dutch weapons. Population increases, and reaches 450,000. The navy is ordered to explore more around India and Indonesia. King Samir II continues to allow the building of naval bases and trade posts in Raigama. Samir II also supports the Dutch military operations in Kotte. Although the education is poorly funded due to the economy, Raigman schools begin to teach Dutch as a second language. Because of the Dutch merchants in the area, Dutch Reformist begins to be sampled among a small area of the population. Wealthier native Raigamans begin to wear fancy Dutch clothes. All of this Dutch influence begins to make a small mix of culture between Raigaman (Indian culture) with Dutch culture. Samir II starts improving relations with Urdustan, Dai Viet, and Ayutthaya. Samir III (heir to Raigaman throne) and Princess Lakshmi of Delhi are married, this secures an alliance between the two countries. Raigama is approved to join and is now part of the Indian League.
 * Kotte: Kotte mainly increases its economy and infrastructure. A very small amount of the Kotte army are given training and weapons like the Raigaman army. King Samir also orders Kotte currency to be decommissioned. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Kotte. Population reaches 90,000. The number of rebellious citizens in Kotte continues to lower due to the Dutch military operations.
 * Nava Kotte: Nava Kotte becomes a good trade post, used in trading with Ayutthaya, Dai Viet, and Dutch colonies in Indonesia. The colony assembles a very miniscule local (non-government funded) armed force to defend the island. Although the population is very miniscule, due to the amount of Dutch merchants, a (very) small port is established on the north of the island called "Port Willem" (after the Dutch King), and is where many of the merchants reside. There is a high concentration of Dutch culture, due to migration from the less profitable Raigaman mainland.
 * Roman Empire: The Roman Empire celebrates the victory over Egypt and the successful recapture of the canal and the right to possess Egypt. As such, the Empire adapts for that, and funds collected from the new canal are sent to finance the construction of the Dacian and Croatian ports as well as a Roman port at Berenice. Emperor Thomas II begins to reach the end of his life. While this is happening, discontent is still brewing amongst the nobles, and it remains to be seen what will happen once he dies. Trade continues to expand across the colonies and the mainland nation and as the province of Egypt has fallen back into the hands of the Romans the food exports help provide the Empire with enough food, reducing reliance on imports from the Tartary. This helps the population grow, typically in areas like Anatolia and Serbia. For his part in defeating the Egyptians and securing peace with the Muslims, Theodore von Chersenosos is given an Imperial Triumph back in Constantinople. Following constant reports of native raids and trouble in the southern colonies, an expedition is sent to deal with the problem. Two native states are invaded as the Romans believe them to be the origin of these raids.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the remaining Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius familiy returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasim. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time.
 * The Tartary: Continues expansion into Siberia up the three major rivers quite rapidly. As they expand up the rivers, some Ket, Evenki and Sakha people begin requesting for a bit more autonomy, which comes under consideration of the Tatar government. They begin discussing the issues of local rule by the tribal chiefs of the area. Meanwhile, the construction of the Church of Holy Wisdom and the Great Library of Sarai, as well as smaller churches and universities in the nation, continue construction. The population experiences quick growth, as farming is very productive this day. The economy also expands with this and construction efforts, as well as with the displacement of Turks. The Turks continue being encouraged to separate amongst themselves and look for individual prosperity rather than collective cooperation, promising them great wealth if they go live amongst the other ethnic groups to the East. To convince the Turks to move eastward, the infrastructure of Siberia is developed. Roads are constructed in the east of the nation, especially connecting with the Volga basin; roads are also constructed in the west, and forts also continue construction. The military is expanded in the nation, in order to help enforce the decisions if the Turks prove to be uncooperative. The Pacific fleet, seen as more important by the Grand Kurultay of the Nation, begins being developed, as ten new ships begin construction. One larger ship, inspired on things heard about a Britannian warship, is comissioned; it is to be finished in 18 years' time, as planning continues. This heavily improves the economy of the eastern coast of the nation, leading to big population growth and economic development, as the lumber and construction industries build up. The Oirat Khaganate begins to be vassalised. It should be finished by 1645. Twenty thousand troops are sent to aid the Damascans to put down the revolt. (send M).
 * Mangut Nivkhgu: Continues territorial development, expanding down the coast of Sakhalin and southward in their mainland at quite rapid rates (almost 10,000 sq km, in fact). The sons of Mang Hangut are heavily interested in stories by their Tatar masters of the territories to their north, and they still wish to establish their "great empire in the white North". Henceforth, the city of Ñeƞdaqo opens its first ever shipyard, which begins construction. It is expected it will be finished by 1598. More bananas and oranges reach the nation, and the bakers much rejoice as this means more business for their own pastries, which grow more delicious by the day. It is known that the pastries from Mangut Nivkhgu are inherently superior to those of the rest of the world, and the best and most important among all of them, the Tiger's Hand Pastry, might have begun development around this time. The rejoicing of the bakers leads to much economic activity, and the great taste of Nivkh pastry fills the national coffers with gold. The military begins to be constructed to protect the army of bakers and the coffers of the nation from any foreign incursion. Mangut Nivkhgu also develops road networks to connect itself with the rest of the Tatar empire of influence. The lemmings still have no sign of returning to the nation.
 * the Empire of Parthia continues its radical reformation of their nation. The road system on the Golestani coast continues to be developed, and its heavily fertile land begins to be farmed more lucratively. The Parthian population grows quite quickly as great farming is increased. The Four noble houses continue looking for the rest of the houses that have not yet been discovered; those are Sohae, Parni and Suren. The farming on the fertile Hyrcanian coast is heavily developed. This makes the population grow quickly; Parthia is much of the source for more tropical foodstuffs in the Tatar breadbasket, and it makes Permic merchants want to buy them at very high rates. The military is feveloped by initiative of the Mihran of Rayy, who are closer to the border and feel less safe. The Houses of Mihran, Sasan, Dahae and Karen agree to centralise their military forces and modernise them, as well as make the most of their highland territory, the birth of Parthia's ultra-defensive policy. Forts and railroads are constructed throughout the nation. Two new large ports are constructed to connect Tatar shipping rates to Mazandarani ones.
 * The Khanate of Khiva: Continues economic and military development. The population does not grow rapidly like in the rest of the Tartary, but does grow, as some Turks settle in the nation and some Kazakhs and Karalparak people settle down in cities. The Khivan authorities completely allow Islam full rights, but it is markedly on decline, as reported by major missionaries who show that attendance to Mastoravic temples is ever larger, and some mosques have been forced to shut down. The road system and economy are developed, as is the Khivan army.
 * The Emirate of Bukhara: Also develops its economy and military. Notably high birthrates are noted amongst the Bukhori Jews. Many Turks arrive on the nation, and begin settling down in the major cities, especially Samarkand and Tashkent, but they keep away from the Tajik regions in the centre and east of the nation. The Mastoravic faith has made many inroads into the nation, especially in the major cities; some estimates believe that up to half the population was Mastoravic, after fifty years of constant missionary work. The population quickly grows. The economy is developed through the construction of road systems with China and Khiva.
 * The Khanate of Azov: Slso continues rapid development. The cities of Ine' Fëdor-Osh and Özu-Cale become extremely large, holding large amounts of the population. The city of Bashmachka is founded in the Dnieper river by Crimean Goths, and many Tatars from the right bank of the Dnieper move to the region around the nation. The economy and military are rapidly developed, as are the fortresses of the main ports.
 * The Principality of Chernihiv: develops as well. The population shows quick growth as many Ukrainians leave to the area. However, they unwittingly bring in the Mastoravic faith and extremely heavy Tatar and Volga Uralic influences to their language. The Ukrainian language continues to diverge from standard East Slavic. The economy is developed, as is the military.
 * The Principality of Perm: Continues to develop its huge trade empire. Trade spreads as far west as Scandinavia and Europe and as far east as Mangut Nivkhgu. This leads to great economic growth. The population experiences huge growth and the economy does as well, with money flowing in in tonnes by the population. The military is also developed, as forts are constructed in the western border, and roads are constructed. The nation experiences an economic boom.
 * The Khanate of Bajkal: also experiences development. While the population is not very conductive to growth, the economy is, with many native species and Bajkal water making great rare goods for trade. The military is a lot more prestigious, because of its "seven banners" organisation. Development occurs there.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1631, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. King Franz-Albert II, aged 64, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with  Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Franz-Albert II continues to attempt the propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 20% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 10,000 remaining in Saxony, and 15,000 in Thuringia. Starting in 1595, several high Saxon nobles are displaced, mostly by having their titles and lands revoked, and given out to Bavarian nobility. In September, Franz-Albert II makes the decision to recognize his younger brother Johann, born 1576, as his heir. Johann already has six children, in order of age, Maria-Sofia, Isabella, Leopold, Karl, and Catherine.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1630, Queen Isabell University continues to grow. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Adalbert II normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. Adalbert II dies in 1599, and the Saxon throne passes to Franz-Albert II.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Duchy of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Franz-Albert is proclaimed as Duke of Swabia-Württemberg.
 * Lübeck: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Fehmarn: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Wismar: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Wismar is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Madgeburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Franz-Albert II is proclaimed as Duke of Madgeburg.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern, reaching a population of 2100, expands this year. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. In 1595, the settlement of Bayreuth is founded in Jülichsberg in early March. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 250 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 250 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of Jülichsberg, 100 sq km southward onto the smaller island south of Katharinas-Hafen, and a final 100 sq km northward, past Jülichsberg, up the coast of mainland Borealia.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to military. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland, and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3,000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat. We ask to purchase Westenland back from France, and also offer an alliance in Africa, promising to aid them in their colonial endeavours. With their numbers dwindling in the wild, we capture a large number of aurochs from Poland to be kept in captivity. We accept the offer from Marx and begin investing in his creation. A submersible device is purchased for our navy to be tested in combat. A second colony is established in western Newfoundland and settlements on the island continue to expand.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: This turn is dedicated to military development. We begin rebuilding our nation’s manpower and military capabilities after the series of recent wars. Trade continues between neighboring nations and allies, as well as to our colonies in the Imperial Sea. Ship production is increased in our ports, with new shipyards and docks being constructed to facilitate larger garrisons of trade ships and military vessels. A small castle begins construction in Gdansk to protect the city and harbor.
 * Polish Imperial Isles: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Steady streams of colonists reach the island of St Stanislaus, where they will soon be sent onto the islands of St Otto and Nowy Krakow to settle.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to economy. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. Ingria is declared a vassal, and we continue to influence Ingria.
 * Vologda: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Novgorod: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Ingria: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 4600 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 700 sq km. The government decides to move on the Dutch reformists by allowing them to remain on the French territory, however, putting some taxes for allowing them free passage in French land. However, the French government makes clear that their beliefs are with Catholicism and that any attempt of violent expansion will be considered as an act of aggression and hence the Dutch-Wallon reformist may be persecuted. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans in the area of OTL Cundinamarca in the search of the Aureana - a city made of gold - in the vicinity of several lakes. Although not finding the city lots of gold gods are found and sent to France in order to boost the economy back on its feet. Mining begins in the Pirouien Mountains and the region of Equatoriale Province for gold and silver though only a few are found. The colony of Nouvelle Orleans divides in five provinces New Orleans OTL northern Colombia and Antioquia Sableville in North Western Venezuela, Equatoriale in southwest Colombia and Aurienne in the central areas and Emeraldia in central eastern Colombia. After years of ignoring an important part of the treaty, France decides helping Austria to rebuild initiating in the area of Tyrol and Western Austria. Due to close proximity to the French Rhineland gold begins entering the economy of the country from Colombian and Peruvian mines. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The peasant revolt is ignored for now, although it proves the king that he may need to enforce a new politic in the rural-most areas of France. We are interested in the offer made by Adolf and open up to the idea. Soon afterward, the king buys the idea and commissions Adolf to create new ideas that may have military uses. A colony is established in OTL Fiji after a couple of explorers reach it early this year. The kingdom officially asks the Croatian nation to send settlers from Dalmatian descent due to relative proximity.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Rhineland officially withdraws from the HRE after the council votes 65 against 35 for withdrawing from the HRE, the council begins creating a constitution based on both German and French laws to establish within the area of the kingdom.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Freibourg and Valais are withdrawn from the HRE following the withdrawal from the Rhineland.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Military, navy and economy improve. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 2,600,000. Qusqo is currently the largest city, (110,000), followed by Peru (67,000), Machu Picchu (64,000), Chimu (39,000) and Sican (36,000) and New Burgandy (33,000). The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Cava hits the age of 24 while Apeac II hits age 19. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (410,000), Hurin Qosquo (266,000), Hurin Nazca (110,000), Wanka (109,000), Hanan Nazca (102,000), Hurin Chimor (98,000), Anti Chimo, (90,000), Aymara (66,000), Willkapampa (45,000), and La Paz (28,000). The four quarters, orSuyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu  (755,000),  Chimor Suyu (168,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Representing the large German minority, city with the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr and the Zapotec begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationalist movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier. Having received ships from Spain, the Inca Navy is formed and the First Fleet of the Inca is christened. We thank Spain for the loan and we begin to reconstruct Hurin Nazca. "The Great Plague" makes a re-emergence in the Eastern and Western most districts, stunning growth outside of Cuzco Suyu. With the Death of Apeac the First, his son takes the throne. Within a year of taking the throne, he proves himself to be a radical. One of his first actions is to enact the Qosqo Codes, four new codes that serve as a new standard of laws within the Empire. The first code Creates a limited parliament, giving votes only to those who live in the Golden Cities. This new parliament can also only suggest laws, of which the Sapa Inca can reject. The second code creates the first university in the Inca Empire, the University of Hanan Qosqo. The third code offically passes the Laws of Succession which were drafted years ago. The fourth and final code sets up the standardized Inca Census organization, a government funded body that deals with managing population growth and conducting the census.
 * Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 360,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Military, navy and economy improve. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 50,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 35,000.

1632
Francisco, leader of the cult of Chin Chin, hears of Hiriak, the Basque settlement in Greenland, and moves with around half of his followers to the new city, the other half he leaves in the care of his best disciple, Safar.

'''Later this year the Great Plague of Milan begins to die down, and cities in North Italy begin to recover from the outbreak. In total nearly 300,000 people are left dead in major cities around the Alpine Region and the Italian Peninsula.'''


 * Duchy of Hamburg: Economic improvements are made during the course of the year. New merchant vessels begin making their way along Hamburg's shipping routes. Trade between Williamsburg and Neu Lüneburg also increases, and those colonies expand their local militias. The Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth is extended an offer of an alliance and mutual defense pact.
 * Duchy of Mecklenburg: Economy expanded.
 * County of Holstein: Economy expanded.
 * Duchy of Stade: Economy expanded.
 * Prince-Archbishopric of Münster: Economy expanded.
 * Karsland: The Karslander economy is expanded.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony. Meanwhile, Urraca Manrique de Lara gives birth to a boy, who is named Afonso.
 * Sultanate of Yemen (سلطنة اليمن): Following the death of the Sultan due to his old age, his eldest son and heir to the throne; Prince Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle was declared the new Sultan. The new Sultan was keen on developing relations with foreign states especially the Damascan Sultanate, Sultanate of Oman and the Roman Empire after Yemen had been left in isolation during the tyrannical reign of the false Prophet. The Sultan ordered the construction of wells and transportation of food supplies to the underdeveloped areas and he arrived to comfort the people suffering. Although referred to as naive by many people of the Royal family, he was considered a saint by the poor people. He ordered the construction of a major port near the Bab-el-Mandeb to be utilized by foreign states who were passing through and ordered an increase in the sale of coffee to foreign nations and tried his very best to prevent others from finding out the way to grow and make coffee. The Sultan gave orders that every male above the age of 16 would receive military training regardless of the fact as to whether he was willing to join the military or not. This move was taken so as to make sure the people of the nation are strong enough to fight if war ever started and finally, after discussion with close advisors; the Sultan proclaimed the start of a plan to develop the infrastructure to Yemen to make sure that at least 90% of the population had a home to live in and with the plan near completion, the population booms. The military was equipped with light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy and importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and camels as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. The areas near Oman being sparsely populated and mostly deserted had been used for military training and military exercises. The military was indeed much more capable of fighting in the desert than various states and the navy was developed to prevent any attempt by any foreign states to block the Bab-el-Mandeb. The navy was mostly deployed near the Bab-el-Mandeb although the Yemeni navy routinely patrolled the waters near its borders and was on many occasions, sent along with merchant ships carrying goods from India and the East Indies to severely reduce chances of pirates capturing the ships. The construction of four frigates annually, equipped with 80 cannons each was ordered. Meanwhile, our economy boomed due to our control over the three major islands of Farasan, Zuqar and Dahlek which granted us a lot of control over the Bab-el-Mandeb and the navy, too, was deployed to protect the islands. We concentrated our trade mainly with the Damascus Sultanate although trade with Bengal, Mansuriyya, Roman Empire and Bengal, too, played a huge part in our economy. Our influence spread rapidly through Eritrea as many missionaries were also sent to spread Islam and construct mosques as well as spread Yemenis culture. Trade with Bengal had soon come to a halt and instead Yemen now depended upon Croatia for the import of Indian goods through Goa but soon this decision was reverted, and trade once again started with Bengal We expand 25 px in Western Arabia. Meanwhile, missionaries were sent to the Kingdom of Abyssinia to spread Islam amongst the people and collaborate with Christian missionaries to form brotherhood between Muslims and Christians. Many Yemeni nobles were ordered to marry their Abyssinian counterparts and plans to sign a free trade agreement were made. The Sultan exported large amounts if coffee to Abyssinia and plans to construct a major port for Abyssinia were made. Meanwhile, trade with Mediterranean states had led to Yemen heavily depending upon the Straits of Tiran (Yemen has poor relations with Egypt) and with the discovery of an island at the mouth of the straits, the Yemeni military quickly launched an invasion and captured the island thus protecting Yemeni trade and having a military base quite near the Philadelphi Canal. The presence of Yemen right at the mouth of the Straits of Tiran also meant that Yemen would not face much difficulty in conducting reconnaissance and espionage missions directed toward Egypt. After a series of attacks on Yemen's Christian community, the Sultan ordered the assailants to be put to death and announced equal rights for the People of the Book living in Yemen, Iritriyā or al Somal and to prove that all the people would be treated equally, he ordered the construction of the Church of Al Yemen (Turn Five of Five); a move which angered many clerics but most of them restrained from protesting at the thought of being beheaded for treachery. With the recent purchase of the Masirah Island, Yemeni influence drastically increased in the Arabian Sea and a minor port was constructed at the island. Attacks are launched upon Aegypt Eco Turn and Infra Turn
 * Sultanate of Iritriyā (سلطنة إريتريا): Sultan Ahmad bin Usman al-Mahri bin Fadhle was proclaimed the King of Ahritriya and plans to develop the African Kingdom were made by first constructing a major port at the Straits of Mandeb to counter that of the Damascan Sultanate. Missionaries had started to set up religious schools and mosques for the spread of Islam and the calling of Azaan was made compulsory at every town at Ahritriya. Order for the cultivation of coffee was given. The military was equipped with muskets and the infantry were trained by Yemeni men. The purchase of slaves from Ahritriya and neighbouring tribes had begun due to the lack of workers at Yemen. The Sultan passed laws prohibiting anyone from mistreating their slaves and declared that the people of Iritriyā were equal to those of Yemen. In order to increase the living standards of the people, the construction of mud brick houses as well as the setting up of wells had started. The infrastructure was rapidly developed and many men were employed to capture and sell slaves from neighbouring areas Mil Turn and Eco Turn
 * Emirate of al Somal (إمارة آل الصومال): Prince Hamza bin Ahmad Al-Mahri bin Fadhle was appointed as the Governor of Al Somal and under his orders, progress was made in developing the living conditions of the people living by the coast. The Al Yamanah Militia was permanently deployed to maintain order and control over the region and with the recent purchase of inner Somalia by Romania, the Militia had rid itself of the more troublesome tribes but had also managed to invest more on Law and Order using the money. The people were held under surveillance to purge the troublemakers from the society and to make sure no one was plotting against the authority. Meanwhile, the entire Royal family that had previously ruled over Al Somal had been gotten ridden off in a regicide and anyone supporting a return of any monarchy had his tongue pulled out. The people were thus largely oppressed although the living conditions and treatment of those who supported the regime was above average. Miner ports had been built and fishing remained a major occupation for those living by the coast. Many slaves were purchased by wealthy business men from Yemen and everyone above the age of 16 was given military training in the deserts of Yemen before being sent back to al Somal. Eco Turn and Mil Turn
 * The Tartary: Continues expansion into Siberia up the three major rivers quite rapidly. As they expand up the rivers, some Ket, Evenki and Sakha people begin requesting for a bit more autonomy, which comes under consideration of the Tatar government. They begin discussing the issues of local rule by the tribal chiefs of the area. Meanwhile, the construction of the Church of Holy Wisdom and the Great Library of Sarai, as well as smaller churches and universities in the nation, finishes. The result is impressively large, with the two things being considered amongst the largest things in regards both to temples and libraries. The population experiences quick growth, as farming is very productive this day. The economy also expands with this and construction efforts, as well as with the displacement of Turks. Most Turks have, by now, massively spread out throughout Siberia. Most have become individual farmers in small-scale farming and logging groups, especially in the primary river basings of Siberia. Reindeer herding also becomes common. The success of this policy in both increasing the population of the Tartary, which is nearly fifteen million by now, and to develop the Siberian hinterland, leads to an attempt to continue its success with other ethnic groups. Expansion into Siberia continues at a faster pace than ever before, and the infrastructure to the east is developed. Roads are constructed in the east of the nation, especially connecting with the Volga basin; roads are also constructed in the west, and forts also continue construction. The military is expanded in the nation, in order to help enforce the national sovereignty of the nation, especially if the western Russian barbarians prove uncooperative. The Pacific fleet, seen as more important by the Grand Kurultay of the Nation, continuesbeing developed, as ten new ships begin construction. One larger ship, inspired on things heard about a Britannian warship, is comissioned; it is to be finished in 18 years' time, as planning continues. By now, the Eastern fleet  has nearly 90 ships of small scale and ten of large scale, heavily overshadowing the Black Sea fleet, that is composed of only 20 ships. This heavily improves the economy of the eastern coast of the nation, leading to big population growth and economic development, as the lumber and construction industries build up. The Oirat Khaganate continues in the vassalising process, with Mastoravism growing in the nation and economic influence of the Tartary rapidly developing. Vassailation of the Khaganate should be finished by 1645.
 * Mangut Nivkhgu: Continues territorial development. As Sakhalin has been entirely occupied by Nivkh colonists, the concentration of expansion in the region is located in the Manchu region. The sons of Mang Hangut are heavily interested in stories by their Tatar masters of the territories to their north, and they still wish to establish their "great empire in the white North". The city of Ñeƞdaqo develops its very own shipyards, with the first 20 ships being developed by the Nivkh autorities sent east, to investigate what is in the isles that close the Nivkh Sea to the Neptunic Ocean. More bananas and oranges reach the nation, and the bakers much rejoice as this means more business for their own pastries, which grow more delicious by the day. It is known that the pastries from Mangut Nivkhgu are inherently superior to those of the rest of the world, and the best and most important among all of them, the Tiger's Hand Pastry, might have begun development around this time. The rejoicing of the bakers leads to much economic activity, and the great taste of Nivkh pastry fills the national coffers with gold. The military begins to be constructed to protect the army of bakers and the coffers of the nation from any foreign incursion. Mangut Nivkhgu also develops road networks to connect itself with the rest of the Tatar empire of influence. The lemmings still have no sign of returning to the nation.
 * the Empire of Parthia continues its radical reformation of their nation. The road system on the Golestani coast continues to be developed, and its heavily fertile land begins to be farmed more lucratively. The Parthian population grows quite quickly as great farming is increased. A "successor" to the house of Sohae is discovered in Resht as a family tree is discovered (it is entirely possible, however, that this is a fabrication). Sohae, Parni and Suren still have no signs of appearing, and the Five Noble Houses become ever more desperate to find them. The farming on the fertile Hyrcanian coast is heavily developed. This makes the population grow quickly; Parthia is much of the source for more tropical foodstuffs in the Tatar breadbasket, and it makes Permic merchants want to buy them at very high rates. The joint military defensive policy continues to be heavily invested in by the government. Forts and railroads are constructed throughout the nation. Two new large ports are constructed to connect Tatar shipping rates to Mazandarani ones.
 * The Khanate of Khiva: Continues economic and military development. The population does not grow rapidly like in the rest of the Tartary, but does grow, as some Turks settle in the nation and some Kazakhs and Karalparak people settle down in cities. The Khivan authorities completely allow Islam full rights, but it is markedly on decline, as reported by major missionaries who show that attendance to Mastoravic temples is ever larger, and some mosques have been forced to shut down. The road system and economy are developed, as is the Khivan army.
 * The Emirate of Bukhara: Also develops its economy and military. Notably high birthrates are noted amongst the Bukhori Jews. Many Turks arrive on the nation, and begin settling down in the major cities, especially Samarkand and Tashkent, but they keep away from the Tajik regions in the centre and east of the nation. The Mastoravic faith has made many inroads into the nation, especially in the major cities; some estimates believe that up to half the population was Mastoravic, after fifty years of constant missionary work. The population quickly grows. The economy is developed through the construction of road systems with China and Khiva.
 * The Khanate of Azov: Slso continues rapid development. The cities of Ine' Fëdor-Osh and Özu-Cale become extremely large, holding large amounts of the population. The city of Bashmachka is founded in the Dnieper river by Crimean Goths, and many Tatars from the right bank of the Dnieper move to the region around the nation. The economy and military are rapidly developed, as are the fortresses of the main ports.
 * The Principality of Chernihiv: develops as well. The population shows quick growth as many Ukrainians leave to the area. However, they unwittingly bring in the Mastoravic faith and extremely heavy Tatar and Volga Uralic influences to their language. The Ukrainian language continues to diverge from standard East Slavic. The economy is developed, as is the military.
 * The Principality of Perm: Continues to develop its huge trade empire. Trade spreads as far west as Scandinavia and Europe and as far east as Mangut Nivkhgu. This leads to great economic growth. The population experiences huge growth and the economy does as well, with money flowing in in tonnes by the population. The military is also developed, as forts are constructed in the western border, and roads are constructed. The nation experiences an economic boom.
 * The Khanate of Bajkal: also experiences development. While the population is not very conductive to growth, the economy is, with many native species and Bajkal water making great rare goods for trade. The military is a lot more prestigious, because of its "seven banners" organisation. Development occurs there.
 * Ayutthaya: Our military is pulled back and we increase our prescence in paces such as Lanna to make sure another revolt can't happen. We accept that Aceh wasn't meant to be under Ayutthayan rule and we recognise their independence. Our navy is pulled back to the Ayutthayan Nicobar. Our Western port of Lower Dawei is expanded and new suburbs are built to accomadate the quickly growing population. We also continue to build upward to Dawei and we increase Thai populations in northern and western regions.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Military, navy and economy improve. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 2,600,000. Qusqo is currently the largest city, (110,000), followed by Peru (67,000), Machu Picchu (64,000), Chimu (39,000) and Sican (36,000) and New Burgandy (33,000). The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Cava hits the age of 24 while Apeac II hits age 19. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (410,000), Hurin Qosquo (266,000), Hurin Nazca (110,000), Wanka (109,000), Hanan Nazca (102,000), Hurin Chimor (98,000), Anti Chimo, (90,000), Aymara (66,000), Willkapampa (45,000), and La Paz (28,000). The four quarters, orSuyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu  (755,000),  Chimor Suyu (168,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Representing the large German minority, city with the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr and the Zapotec begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationalist movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier. Having received ships from Spain, the Inca Navy is formed and the First Fleet of the Inca is christened. We thank Spain for the loan and we begin to reconstruct Hurin Nazca. "The Great Plague" makes a re-emergence in the Eastern and Western most districts, stunning growth outside of Cuzco Suyu. With the Death of Apeac the First, his son takes the throne. Within a year of taking the throne, he proves himself to be a radical. One of his first actions is to enact the Qosqo Codes, four new codes that serve as a new standard of laws within the Empire. The first code Creates a limited parliament, giving votes only to those who live in the Golden Cities. This new parliament can also only suggest laws, of which the Sapa Inca can reject. The second code creates the first university in the Inca Empire, the University of Hanan Qosqo. The third code offically passes the Laws of Succession which were drafted years ago. The fourth and final code sets up the standardized Inca Census organization, a government funded body that deals with managing population growth and conducting the census. Feeling betrayed by our Northen neighbors for their faliure to honor a treaty signed 100 years ago, the Inca Army marches into the French territory that formerly belonged to the Inca.
 * Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 360,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Military, navy and economy improve. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 50,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 35,000.
 * Kingdom of the Ottawa: Under King Joseph the Ottawa army is now fully modernized with it organized into regiments, battalions and companies, of musketmen, pikemen and footsoldiers. This new army used successfully against a group of bandits show how their training has paid off. Meanwhile, the crop of corn and wheat (newly introduced by Europeans) comes in and the population has another small climb to 14,000 citizens. King Joseph, himself now a father to his son Joseph Kaw II, declares the town he rules from to be the kingdom's new capital, St Niagara. He sends an envoy to Britannian colonies in the region.
 * Ottawa Diplomacy: to Britannia, we offer you an alliance.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 6500 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 3400 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The invasion from the Peruvian Monarchy is outrageous the Military of the colony moves fast to reach the colony of the Peruvians. While this, the politics in the region of Cahokie and Rouenelle are heavily militarized for any possible attempt from Spain to capture Rouenelle, the city itself is heavily fortified and a good portion of the local fleet remains in the area. Fiji expands by 100 sq km.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE- German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%, Carthage is heavily Protected by the African fleet fearing Spanish attempts to capture the city.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: The nation expands 5000 km southeast, along the coast of Gichigamee. Meanwhile, fishermen land on a large and as yet unknown island in the Adelhied Sea (OTL Belcher Islands). Basques continue to arrive, as the prospect of free land and a more pleasant climate offers major improvements over Greenland. Disaffected Livonians also arrive, settling mainly along the coast. As preexisting groups of these ethnicities now exist, immigrants feel more comfortable and arrive in larger numbers. The new immigrants greatly enjoy cassina, and continue to be interested in exporting it to Europe. Work on crude ships with help from immigrants continues. Iron mining accelerates, and arquebuses are still produced. They remain crude. The vassalization of the Gojiijiwininag continues (Turn Two of Three). A new version of syncreticism, the Church of the Reindeer, or the Church of Tuktu, becomes increasingly popular in the interior.
 * Nemaska: Nemaska's population spikes as Basques and Livonians settle in the area, bringing new industries and skills. The economy improves. Nhu Euskadi expands.
 * Chisasibi: The military is improved, while new roads are built to connect Chisasibi to the rest of the nation. Port facilities also improve.
 * Kapuskasing: The nation expands 3500 km east.
 * Tsardom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its military. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Tsar. The Tsar issues an organizational reform, hoping to effectively improve the administrative divisions and making sure that the power of the nobility is finally obliterated. The Tsar orders a reform of the military as the war casualties in the last war prove that it is slowly becoming outdated. Britannic and French assistance in the reform is politely requested. Britannic assistance is also asked with a newly-induced naval reform. Croatia accepts the French request of sending Dalmatian settlers and begins aiding in the ten-year emigration of 20,000 Croatian Dalmatians. Furthermore, Tsar Tvrtko Krešimir VI concludes that Croatia's expansion in Europe is over and decides to spread the Tsardom's reach. The nation of Benin is set as the next target, and the Tsar quickly sends 25,000 Croat soldiers to conquer the small African state, and expects Britannic aid through supplies.
 * Britannic diplomacy: Supplies are sent.
 * Croatian Knyazdom of Western Hungary: The Knyazdom's military is primarily expanded. Because of the demographic issues caused by the war, numerous male Croats migrate to Hungary to balance as well as nobles from the Gorjanski family. Five thousand soldiers are sent to aid the Croatian conquest of Benin.
 * Wu China: The Wu continue to build up military as tension rises across borders.
 * Tibet: Buddhist temples are continuing to be built. Roads are continuing to be fixed so that travelers on the Silk Roads can easily get to our nation. Our own version of the arquebus gun is being made. Farming is our most important industry. We mine resources in our caves. We ask the people of our nation if they can help increase the population. The military is increasing due to new training that has been made. This new training is line infantry training with marching aspects. The military is becoming bigger due to new tech and more people joining. We ask Uighur, Si Chuan, and Yun Nan for an alliance. We open our borders to let Chinese people in. We allow people to practice Confucius. Trading goes well with the Chinese.
 * Nepal: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chutiya: We build up our military and economy.
 * Shan States: We build up our military and economy.
 * Westphalia: We send a request to France, asking to buy the city of Dunkirk. We also send a request to Britannia asking to buy Calais. Wilhelm V begins to focus on regaining his personal fortune. He increases taxes largely, most of it going to his own treasury. He asks his family members in Bavaria for extra money. He also begins upgrading the military largely as well. Infrastructure is improved.
 * East Cologne: Infrastructure is improved.
 * East Trier: Infrastructure is improved.
 * Mainz: Infrastructure is improved.
 * The Palatine: Infrastructure is improved.
 * |onte: The rice and grain supplies show some strain, as the city grows more reliant on the gifts from country farmers. |onte has a growing number of farmers. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,680,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon dies. Mon X takes the head of the Eheresito hu Suida, and maintains relations with both Zimbabwe and !Xoonte. Mon X has noticed that Mon V's works in Zimbabwe can be well felt, as the higher class uses |on frequently. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intellegensia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts, however, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene.
 * Vorlayacor: The navy modernization project is completed this year; all fifty ships have either been overhauled or replaced. The population of the nation has risen to over 1.2 million. In the northwest, military forts are built, while coastal ones are expanded.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to military. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. Ingria is declared a vassal, and we continue to influence Ingria.
 * Vologda: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications. We buy back a bit of land from Pskov (as negotiated and documented on chat) in exchange for our past help to expand Pskov’s land west.
 * Novgorod: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Ingria: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.2 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment thats been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. The Spanish armed forces are increased to nearly 50,000 with the reserves to match. This only applies to Spain proper as various other military forces are around the colonies keeping the forces all manned up and ready to fight in case of conflict. The Spanish due to the French inability to uphold the treaty of Chan Chan declare war over the former area of the upper inca empire and use New Spain in regards to troops. (Staged War)
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied Culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is two million. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Castile and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about 1.5 million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Spanish begin to sponsor settlers in Morelia to begin expanding on the continent down the coast. (5000 sq km). The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.2 million with many living within the Cuba island territory.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The Military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha is counted at nearly nine million with the inclusion of large native cities, expansion of the borders farther north, and the immigration of Spaniards. With this, however, a few prominent priests in Hispania have made it quite obvious that the integrated native cities should be left alone outside of tribute collection and troop levies in order to preserve the working potential of their population and prevent disease from totally wiping them out. Many, however, have begun to see a large rise in immunity to diseases such as smallpox. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of Integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony Proper. New Spain deploys a colonial army of nearly 20,000 the largest colonial settler army ever assembled and marches on the upper incan empire fighting and routing the French from the area but keeping the war contained.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
 * New Granada: The colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 55,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 15,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco city.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. The Spanish then begin to send in a royal governor who makes plans to expand the island nation, and begins work on its economy and military to do so. Gold and silver from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy.
 * Chile: The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 2000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Aymara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day. The Spanish instigate a large expansionary policy of connecting Chile with New Spain in a Big way making a dedicated push across the continent.
 * East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin: The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. The Royal governor of Cochin is established in the city of Bago, the area's greatest port city and impressed with it the Hispanian governor makes it the capital of the Spanish territory of Cochin. As a militaristic governor he immediately begins plans to keep the region secure and prevent further uprising, as well as make the territory profitable for him, and keep the Spanish East India Company out of the area. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 450,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain.
 * Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that can not set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City is finally fully rebuilt as a major trade port with a population of about 45,000.
 * Shanghai: The city of Shanghai due to its presence on the mainland of China proper becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. The Chinese Sepoya troops are decreased from 7000 to 3000 while Japanese mercenaries and pirates are hired to serve as troops with nearly 5000 of these troops hired and deployed. The South China Sea Company officially purchases its first 20 military warships top of the line from Spain.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy, a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. War plans in Borealia are put on indefinite hold as political and economic tensions ease with Scandinavia. Britannic assistance to Croatia in the reforms is permitted. The Empire inacts a new series of reforms designed to better govern the numerous holdings of the Empire. Ships are moved toward Siam. Scottish inventor George Francis invents the first steam turbine. This new contraption is looked at with curiousity, but its uses are fairly limited at the present time, with several of his contemporaries mocking it, claiming there isn't a real need for such a large and loud contraption. IF YOU ARE NOT A MOD, DO NOT CROSS OUT POSTS. It is perfectly reasonable to assume that i can make one too, in fact, before i left i stated that i had plans to make one. SO i made one. get over it.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * New Dublin: continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newpaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand.
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Local support is slowly gaining ground. The Oyo territories are rolled into Ghana.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives to Port William at the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises.
 * L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area.
 * Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand their military.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: This year marks the 100th anniversary of the Sultanate and it is quite eventful, as Sultan Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad dies and and his son,    Asim Asad Ibn Nquad’s coronation is held and he is the new Sultan, thus ending the rule of the Grand Council. As a result of the 100th anniversay of the Sulanate, the death of Abul Mulahlmin Ibn Nquad, and the coronation of Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad as the new Sultan, there is a massive parade in the centre of Baghdad. turn. With Sultan Abull Mulahlmin Ibn With our nation being re-established 100 years ago, there is a grand parade held in the center of Baghdad, celebrating 100 years of Manusurryian Sultanate History, and many reflect on what has happened. It all started with Aashif ibn Nuquad, who reestablished the Mansurryian Caliphate after 57 years of its collapse, and made a deal with the Ottoman (now Damascan) Sultanate to be a Sultanate rather than a Caliphate in return for an eternal alliance. In order to gain control of the Sultanate, he conducted the Great Mansurryian Purge like his grandfather, Caliph Fatih, before him. After the Purge, Sultan Aashif Ibn Nuquad implemented the Mosque Model, which built up the infrastructure and the economy of the Sultanate significantly. Later, the Safavids collapsed, and the Sultanate and the Safavids went into a Union together, were the Great Safavid Purge took place. Unfortunately, however, the Safavids revolted, and the Sultan was killed, thus sending the nation into chaos. Thus the Interim Government under the Grand Council, conducted the Second Great Mansurryian Purge and declared the six year Great Safavid War in order to avenge the Sultan. After the war, the reign of Sultan Amir began, and it was a reign of peace, with the focus of the rebuildment of the Mansurryian Sultanate and Southern Persia under the Mosque Model. After 12 years under the Mosque Model (1568-1580), the Rebuildment Era was over, and Sultan Amir focused on the economy and vassalized Oman over the period of ten years (1580-1590) and Queshm Island was vassalized within five years (1585-1590). From 1590-1595 Milh, Masirah, and Baharain was vassalized. From 1590-1600 the military and the Grand Mosque of Baghdad was being built. In 1600, the Grand Mosque of Baghdad was built up and Sultan  Abdul-MuhaiminIbn Nuquad built up the infrastructure and economy from 1600-1632. In 1622-1632, the Interim Government took over and continued the Sultan’s policies of peace, until the Aeyptian War took place (1626-1629) The Sultan’s son,  Asim Asad Ibn Nquad was the general of the Manssuryian force in Aegypt and the chief Mansurryian  diplomat of  The Treaty of Alexandria, which lead to the creation of the Red Sea Governate and the Southern Sinai Governate. Now two years later, Asim’s father has died, and Asim is the new Sultan. Because The Aegyptian War and the Treaty of Alexandria brought wealth, land, power, and glory to Manssuryia, and brought the approval and the love of his father, Sultan Asim Asad Ibn Nquad believes that having a strong military is the key to the success of the Sultanate, and thus begins a massive military build up throughout the nation and to all mainland vassals. With our 100th anniversary, we elect Sultan Abuil Mulalmin Ibn Nquad as the new leading Sultan of the UIN)
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: This year marks the 100th anniversary of the Sultanate and it is quite eventful, as Sultan Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad dies and and his son,    Asim Asad Ibn Nquad’s coronation is held and he is the new Sultan, thus ending the rule of the Grand Council. As a result of the 100th anniversay of the Sulanate, the death of Abul Mulahlmin Ibn Nquad, and the coronation of Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad as the new Sultan, there is a massive parade in the centre of Baghdad. turn. With Sultan Abull Mulahlmin Ibn With our nation being re-established 100 years ago, there is a grand parade held in the center of Baghdad, celebrating 100 years of Manusurryian Sultanate History, and many reflect on what has happened. It all started with Aashif ibn Nuquad, who reestablished the Mansurryian Caliphate after 57 years of its collapse, and made a deal with the Ottoman (now Damascan) Sultanate to be a Sultanate rather than a Caliphate in return for an eternal alliance. In order to gain control of the Sultanate, he conducted the Great Mansurryian Purge like his grandfather, Caliph Fatih, before him. After the Purge, Sultan Aashif Ibn Nuquad implemented the Mosque Model, which built up the infrastructure and the economy of the Sultanate significantly. Later, the Safavids collapsed, and the Sultanate and the Safavids went into a Union together, were the Great Safavid Purge took place. Unfortunately, however, the Safavids revolted, and the Sultan was killed, thus sending the nation into chaos. Thus the Interim Government under the Grand Council, conducted the Second Great Mansurryian Purge and declared the six year Great Safavid War in order to avenge the Sultan. After the war, the reign of Sultan Amir began, and it was a reign of peace, with the focus of the rebuildment of the Mansurryian Sultanate and Southern Persia under the Mosque Model. After 12 years under the Mosque Model (1568-1580), the Rebuildment Era was over, and Sultan Amir focused on the economy and vassalized Oman over the period of ten years (1580-1590) and Queshm Island was vassalized within five years (1585-1590). From 1590-1595 Milh, Masirah, and Baharain was vassalized. From 1590-1600 the military and the Grand Mosque of Baghdad was being built. In 1600, the Grand Mosque of Baghdad was built up and Sultan  Abdul-MuhaiminIbn Nuquad built up the infrastructure and economy from 1600-1632. In 1622-1632, the Interim Government took over and continued the Sultan’s policies of peace, until the Aeyptian War took place (1626-1629) The Sultan’s son,  Asim Asad Ibn Nquad was the general of the Manssuryian force in Aegypt and the chief Mansurryian  diplomat of  The Treaty of Alexandria, which lead to the creation of the Red Sea Governate and the Southern Sinai Governate. Now two years later, Asim’s father has died, and Asim is the new Sultan. Because The Aegyptian War and the Treaty of Alexandria brought wealth, land, power, and glory to Manssuryia, and brought the approval and the love of his father, Sultan Asim Asad Ibn Nquad believes that having a strong military is the key to the success of the Sultanate, and thus begins a massive military build up throughout the nation and to all mainland vassals. With our 100th anniversary, we elect Sultan Abuil Mulalmin Ibn Nquad as the new leading Sultan of the UIN)


 * Southern Persia: Infrastructure build up is complete. We now go back to building up military
 * Oman: Military build up restarts
 * Queshm Island: Military is built up.
 * Milh:The Governor was installed one year ago during the transnational period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Implementation of the Mosque Model. Mil turn  With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593. Now that it is the year 1600, we open up our port, Milh, access will be proposed, negotiated, accepted, or declined under Mansurryian diplomacy.
 * As a result of the land exchange for Masirah and trading rights, Yemen cedes part of Yemeni Eritrea to us, consisting of OTL Djibouti, and we found the port city of New Baghdad (OTL Djibouti City) as the colony's capital. The colony of New Baghdad also includes Ali Sabielh, as a sort of inland capital to administer New Baghdad's interior, as well as a jump start point for expansion. The Colonial Governor is in charge of New Baghdad, and is met with the traditional Mansurryian welcome of the Mosque Model. (This is especially symbolic since the Mosque Model was introduced to Old Baghdad (Manssuryian Sultanate) 70 years ago. The Mosque Model works like this: Mosques are the centre of the town, and as the centre of each markets and homes are built around the mosques, thus creating towns. As new towns are created roads are created between them, thus fueling the economy. The money used from the economy boom is used to build new mosques, which makes the cycle go all over again. Other results include rise in Sunni Islam and support for the governor. A plan for a road between New Baghdad and Ali Sabieh is being worked out, as well as a plan to connect Addis Ababa, Ali Sabieh and New Baghdad. Wells, along with mosques, are constructed. We expand 50 px inland. We start trading with Romanian Somalia.
 * Southern Suez Governate: With the annexation of Sharm El Sheik and the surrounding area in Southern Suez, we set up Sharm El Sheik as the capital, and we implement the Mosque Model with the intention of it becoming a major port as well.


 * The Consulate of Dacia: Constantius II, now 39, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Romania, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also, terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Dan takes notice of the new practice of terrace farming. He quickly implements a series of reforms to build many hundreds of these farms all along the Carpathians and in Bulgaria. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. Food surpluses drive down prices. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (1% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by flintlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Constantius’ son Vladimir II reaches the age of 11. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow. After years of growth the population of Dacia reaches roughly 5.03 million and rising, however the population growth begins to slow.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Dacia to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Dacia causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav II continues growing the economy and military.
 * East Hungary: The economy and military are improved as more land becomes farmed. The Romanians bring with them the practice of terraced farming which begins to appear in Hungary. Dissent among the Hungarian nobles swells as the Romanians enter Hungary. A large-scale rebellion among the nobles of Hungary occurs, roughly 20,000 peasants rally to the dissenters. The Hungarian Legion however stays loyal, and with the backing of a large Dacian Legion the dissenters are crushed in a terrific battle. Constantius has the leaders executed by Impalement. Those who were captured are deported to the Tartary, which had expressed a desire to receive some Hungarians.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap garnet and quartz while also adding rubies, emeralds and other more precious gems. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
 * Raigama: Military, economy, navy, and infrastructure improve slowly. Seeing the effect and outcome of the recent edict Samir II removes the edict, so hopefully the market can get back on track. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Raigama. Due to the removal of the edict in 1618, the economy and black market start slowly crawling back to its previous state. Samir II orders that all official affairs to be handled in the more reliable Dutch Guilder. The king also orders Rajakaas to be officially decommissioned and removed (melted). A very small amount more of the army is given Dutch military training, and old Dutch weapons. Population increases, and reaches 450,000. The navy is ordered to explore more around India and Indonesia. King Samir II continues to allow the building of naval bases and trade posts in Raigama. Samir II also supports the Dutch military operations in Kotte. Although the education is poorly funded due to the economy, Raigman schools begin to teach Dutch as a second language. Because of the Dutch merchants in the area, Dutch Reformist begins to be sampled among a small area of the population. Wealthier native Raigamans begin to wear fancy Dutch clothes. All of this Dutch influence begins to make a small mix of culture between Raigaman (Indian culture) with Dutch culture. Samir II starts improving relations with Urdustan, Dai Viet, and Ayutthaya. Samir III (heir to Raigaman throne) and Princess Lakshmi of Delhi are married, this secures an alliance between the two countries. Raigama is approved to join and is now part of the Indian League.
 * Kotte: Kotte mainly increases its economy and infrastructure. A very small amount of the Kotte army are given training and weapons like the Raigaman army. King Samir also orders Kotte currency to be decommissioned. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Kotte. Population reaches 90,000. The number of rebellious citizens in Kotte continues to lower due to the Dutch military operations.
 * Nava Kotte: Nava Kotte becomes a good trade post, used in trading with Ayutthaya, Dai Viet, and Dutch colonies in Indonesia. The colony assembles a very miniscule local (non-government funded) armed force to defend the island. Although the population is very miniscule, due to the amount of Dutch merchants, a (very) small port is established on the north of the island called "Port Willem" (after the Dutch King), and is where many of the merchants reside. There is a high concentration of Dutch culture, due to migration from the less profitable Raigaman mainland.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to economy. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by re-inforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland, and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3,000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat. We ask to purchase Westenland back from France, and also offer an alliance in Africa, promising to aid them in their colonial endeavours. With their numbers dwindling in the wild, we capture a large number of aurochs from Poland to be kept in captivity. We accept the offer from Marx and begin investing in his creation. A submersible device is purchased for our navy to be tested in combat. A second colony is established in western Newfoundland and settlements on the island continue to expand.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: This turn is dedicated to military development. We begin rebuilding our nation’s manpower and military capabilities after the series of recent wars. Trade continues between neighboring nations and allies, as well as to our colonies in the Imperial Sea. Ship production is increased in our ports, with new shipyards and docks being constructed to facilitate larger garrisons of trade ships and military vessels. A small castle begins construction in Gdansk to protect the city and harbor.
 * Polish Imperial Isles: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Steady streams of colonists reach the island of St Stanislaus, where they will soon be sent onto the islands of St Otto and Nowy Krakow to settle.
 * Roman Empire: The Roman Empire celebrates the victory over Egypt and the successful recapture of the canal and the right to possess Egypt. As such, the Empire adapts for that, and funds collected from the new canal are sent to finance the construction of the Dacian and Croatian ports as well as a Roman port at Berenice. Emperor Thomas II begins to reach the end of his life. While this is happening, discontent is still brewing amongst the nobles, and it remains to be seen what will happen once he dies. Trade continues to expand across the colonies and the mainland nation and as the province of Egypt has fallen back into the hands of the Romans the food exports help provide the Empire with enough food, reducing reliance on imports from the Tartary. This helps the population grow, typically in areas like Anatolia and Serbia. For his part in defeating the Egyptians and securing peace with the Muslims, Theodore von Chersenosos is given an Imperial Triumph back in Constantinople. Following constant reports of native raids and trouble in the southern colonies, an expedition is sent to deal with the problem. Two native states are invaded as the Romans believe them to be the origin of these raids. In this year, the Emperor Thomas II dies. His son Andronikos V takes the throne as Emperor.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the remaining Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius familiy returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasim. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time.
 * Netherlands: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. In the European continent the Netherlands continues to grow culturally, economically, and scientifically, as promoted by the government. The cities of Amsterdam and Brussels remain the largest cities of the lowlands and their influence over the rest of the lowlands is starting to be seen. Lowland French continues to develop along separate lines then southern French, and the language continues to be important as both French and Dutch are spoken in the upper class and French is used for diplomatic ventures. The University of Brussels continues to flourish and the city itself is recognized as the most beautiful city in the Kingdom with only The Hague, Amsterdam and Namur rivaling it. The Palace of the Orient continues to be an important cultural centre in the city and the Mirza wing is built for the Mirza family to live in should they choose to. The Dutch navy is nearly completely remodeled now with modern ships replacing older models, which are scuttled or sold to privateers and merchants. We are glad Dai Viet has entered a military alliance with us, and we allow all protectorates to begin trading with them. We begin sending missionaries into Westphalia, in an effort to spread our faith.
 * Guiana: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Settlements along the coast of Hesperia continue to grow and expand as settlers establish homes in the region. Merchants hoping to establish trade lines with the area expand the territory, establishing fortifications and private trade houses. Realizing how important trade is to the region, the Netherlands issues a decree that all major settlements must be equipped with a fort capable of hindering attack by sea. Towns are also required to have a trained militia to man fortifications. It is hoped that this new initiative will cut back on piracy and raiding in the region, and ensure colonies in the New World are adequately defendable in case of war. Dutch explorers continue to explore the New Rhine and Amazon Rivers charting the lands and waters of the interior. The settlements continue to grow and prosper as more land is set aside for farming and plantations and the cities along the coastline grow as trade grows in the region. Fighting against the natives in the interior intensifies as Dutch-Wallon colonists and explorers push the frontier and establish forts along them. More slaves are sold in the New World and to the Indian states particularly to Urdistan as demand increases.
 * Benin: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. As an autonomous part of the Dutch African Empire, Benin continues to develop. The first generation of European educated leaders arises, expanding infrastructure and schooling to educate the population.
 * Sunda: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Fortifications are built along major settlements to protect the region in case of attack. The city of Batavia especially is fortified with a garrison posted. The city also begins constructing docks to better facilitate trade and to house and repair a moderately sized fleet. The region becomes home to a small regional fleet to respond to crises in the region swiftly.
 * Malacca: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion. The city of Singapore is established as the regional capital of our administration in Malacca. A fort begins construction in the city to protect our administration, and to protect the straits from attack. A port also begins construction in the city to facilitate a large naval garrison.
 * Brunei: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Having been newly established as a protectorate of the Dutch Empire, military forces from the Lowlands are moved into the region and garrisoned in major cities and forts to secure the territory and crush any rebellion.
 * Borneo: This turn is officially dedicated to military. We begin establishing trade routes and posts in the new territory, to trade with locals on the island.
 * Dutch India: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. We begin constructing a series of trade posts on the island of Ceylon, as well as naval bases to station a small navy. Military operations in Kotte are continued, with many rebellious citizens being arrested.
 * Minahasa: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Minahasa is created out of a series of eastern settlements in the East Indies. We begin converting and assimilating the natives. The largest settlement, known as Manado, is designated as the region capital. The settlement’s fortifications are expanded, and a military garrison is stationed in the city to protect settlers from native attacks. A dock is also constructed and expanded to facilitate trade ships.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1632, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. King Franz-Albert II, aged 65, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with  Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Franz-Albert II continues to attempt the propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 20% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 10,000 remaining in Saxony, and 15,000 in Thuringia. Starting in 1595, several high Saxon nobles are displaced, mostly by having their titles and lands revoked, and given out to Bavarian nobility. In September, Franz-Albert II makes the decision to recognize his younger brother Johann, born 1576, as his heir. Johann already has six children, in order of age, Maria-Sofia, Isabella, Leopold, Karl, and Catherine.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1632, Queen Isabell University continues to grow. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Adalbert II normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. Adalbert II dies in 1599, and the Saxon throne passes to Franz-Albert II.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Duchy of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Franz-Albert is proclaimed as Duke of Swabia-Württemberg.
 * Lübeck: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Fehmarn: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Wismar: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Wismar is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Madgeburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Franz-Albert II is proclaimed as Duke of Madgeburg.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern, reaching a population of 2100, expands this year. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. In 1595, the settlement of Bayreuth is founded in Jülichsberg in early March. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 250 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 250 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of Jülichsberg, 100 sq km southward onto the smaller island south of Katharinas-Hafen, and a final 100 sq km northward, past Jülichsberg, up the coast of mainland Borealia.
 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more sucesses.  Financial loans  continue to be given to Bahmani and Jaunpur. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The first address the issue of the dimishing currency, the Urdustani Taka is implemented upon all the vassals, as it wasn't previously to facilitate better interior trade with vassals. To increase our coffers in the wake of this financial mess, the Urdustani Emperor impliments a "Jewel Tax", in which gems, that come from abroad, or from Ava, are taxed when they are sold, or imported, or exported. To better specialize, and economize the Urdustani economy, we begin to sponsor specific locations for specific crops, such as rice and tobacco in the Bengal region, Indigo in the Gurjurat region, potatos in Vijaynagar, etc. The Emperor's two children continue their education by both native Indian teachers, and by European advisors. Translation of many works of  art, poetry, or books, from native,  cultural  languages, begins to strengthen the Urdu and Hindi speakers in an effort to break some linguistic and cultural barriers. Bhārata kā asalī rājakumāra, after his brother's actions, decides to offer amnesty to the rioters who disband now (Mod Response). The اردو کی زمین شاہی گارڈ, are displeased with this apparent weakness in the leader who they believed they utterly controlled.
 * Rajya of Orissa (Uṛīsā kē rājya, اڑیسہ کی بادشاہی): Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues, as well as cash crop cultivations.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa (Grēṭara asama kē rājya, گریٹر آسام کی بادشاہی): The Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): Due to the recent riots within Urdustan, most of the Hindu ones breaking out in Vijaynagar, the local levies controlled by the Emperor are sent out to attempt to quell the largest of riots within the city of Vijaynagar. However, before many of them arrive, the Emperors brother, سفارتی ادقارکرتا (Rājanayika rakṣaka) espouses his brother's idea of amnesty for the rioters who disband now, as a way to prevent a larger conflict from brewing. However, since the more level-headed ones have already disbanded, there is no telling what will happen.
 * Urdustani Diplomacy (Secrets): The Empire of Urdustan offers the nations of Jaunpur and Bahamni a secret agreement between the three nations in the wake of the Hindu nations want for debt money.
 * In Pskov, more water wheels start to appear, and more farmers, not happy that they are producing excess food, instead of producing excess food, begin producing a crop they can sell in the fields where excess food is growing, namely, flax seed, the main ingredient in linen cloth. Pskov's population continually grows along with its GDP and average wages, as Russia (and possibly Eastern Europe)'s largest city continues its economic golden age. In thanks of the Help with conquest of Maputo, Narva receives this year's shipment of ships for free, financed by the Pskovian government. also 5% of all the gold mined in Maputo.
 * ​The Republic of Narva: Continues its military growth. The Riigikogu Passes legislation hiring Pskovian Guards to temporarily remain as the nation's military force. Some Pskovian Merchants set up shop in Narva, and begin selling their products. However, some very oportunistic ones begin setting up not simply markets, but hiring and moving some of their staff to Narva to help with the development of Production. Meanwhile, the efficiency of farming continues to grow as Pskovian methods are imported. Culture begins to grow as well, as some questionists continue to spread their works. The Knyaz-Namestnik Volkov, with the approval of the Riigikogu, Crowns himself the First Vurst of Narva, and officially changes his Surname to Huntide (meaning "of Wolves" in Estonian); and establishes House Huntide.
 * The Pskov Imperial Company (PIC): Continues its trading, stock exchanging, and overall richer getting while simultaneously building more ships and growing the shipyard-town of Novoprussiysk. The PIC moves in to trade with many nations, opening branches wherever it can. Meanwhile, some trade expeditions are sent around Africa to China and Japan, to attempt to establish some sort of diplomatic and trade relationships with the mysterious nations of the far east(to whom they have a monopoly, excluding land routes). Any Indian Nations are asked the right to establish trade with minimal tariff, and so are certain Indochinese nations and Indonesian nations.
 * Zlatobrezhie_Administrative_divs.png The PIC possession of Zlatobrezhie: the first Lieutenant-Namestniks and Lieutenant-Namestnikships are announced, the four Lieutenant-Namestnikships, along with the Capital District, will be the administrative divisions of the PIC possession. From north to south, the LNs are, 1. North Zlatobrezhie, 2. North Zambezia (Severozambezia), 3. South Zambezia (Yugozambezia), and 4. South Zlatobrezhie (with the 5th being the Capital District of Sofala).

1633
'''The famine in Urdustan ends, altogether forming one of the most devastating famines in Indian history to date. In total about two million people are left dead from the disaster.'''

'''Mount Vesuvius in southern Italy has a major eruption, causing heavy damage to the surrounding area. The eruption buries many villages under lava flows, killing around 3,000 people. Torrents of boiling water are also ejected, adding to the devastation. '''


 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony.
 * Duchy of Hamburg: Military improvements are made during the course of the year, including modernization of the army.
 * Duchy of Mecklenburg: Military expanded.
 * County of Holstein: Military expanded.
 * Duchy of Stade: Military expanded.
 * Prince-Archbishopric of Münster: Military expanded.
 * Karsland: Militia expanded.


 * Damascan Sultanate: Sulimen IV rules as Sultan, now aging at 63. Sulimen IV promotes migration to Damascus (دمشق) as it now numbers 415,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 310,000. The people continue to rally toward Islam. The Kurdistan regents begins merging into the Damascan Sultanate. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever lock guns are being replaced rapidly with Arquebuses. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 22.7 million. Karaman and Damascus become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed. Once again Mansuriyya and Damascus become some of the closest allies around the globe, not allowing anything to separate them. In the joyous occasion; Sultan Sulimen IV has a son, Sulimen V and a daughter Ablahadahla which are now 9, they are twins. We increase our relations with Urdustan, Yemen, and Mansuriyya. Light matchlock muskets are heavily in use and well advanced; designing guns that are faster, more efficient, and lighter. Jerusalem grows to 370,000.
 * Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With becoming a newly fastened vassal once again under the rule of the Damascan Sultanate, the vassal's neighbor, Dibayakir begins to become more friendly with both Karaman and Damascus. The economy is expanded, and centralization begins as Karaman now is under the protection and at the command of the Sultan. Now becoming part of the Sultanate, the vassal focuses on economically boosting themselves, as they no longer have to building a force if chance of invasion. Karaman encourages Dibayakir once again, to join Damascus.
 * Southern Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Military expands. Borders are re-inforced and patrolled. Azerbaijan after 30-35 years of Damascan influence, the region is somewhat Muslim-Turk. With the majority of the previous Orthodox Christians moving to Armenia. Azerbaijan is reaffirmed into the Damascan Sultanate. Troops are sent to re-inforce the vassal.
 * Aleppraqht (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 70,000. Economy expands.
 * Dhubab (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The new port city in Yemen bought from the Romanians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy expands. With the new merger of territories, Dhubab becomes an official vassal of the Damascan Sultanate.
 * Cairo: With the city being taken from Aegypt, they make a deal with the Roman Empire to be given to strongest Islamic power in the area, that being the Damascan Sultanate. Economy and infrastructure expands. Cairo's population rises to 350,000. As many of the Muslims throughout Aegypt now face fealty under Roman rulership flock to the great Muslim city, in haven to be in an Islamic community. Troops in the Aegyptian war take refuge in the city while continuing and partaking in missions to finish off the small bit of resistance which Aegypt still holds.
 * Sinai: The desert peninsula of Sinai is very scarce in population. Although along the southern and northern tips, the people flourish, with medium sized towns, and bountiful trade routes. Economy expands with gaining Damascan trade. Oils, glass, gold, and firearms flow through the new trade routes into Aegypt.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: The nation expands 5000 km southeast, along the coast of Gichigamee. Meanwhile, fishermen land on a large and as yet unknown island in the Adelhied Sea (OTL Belcher Islands). Basques continue to arrive, as the prospect of free land and a more pleasant climate offers major improvements over Greenland. Disaffected Livonians also arrive, settling mainly along the coast. As preexisting groups of these ethnicities now exist, immigrants feel more comfortable and arrive in larger numbers. The new immigrants greatly enjoy cassina, and continue to be interested in exporting it to Europe. Iron mining accelerates, and arquebuses are still produced. They remain crude. A new version of syncreticism, the Church of the Reindeer, or the Church of Tuktu, becomes increasingly popular in the interior. Kapuskasing is annexed.
 * Nemaska: Nemaska's population spikes as Basques and Livonians settle in the area, bringing new industries and skills. The economy improves. Nhu Euskadi expands.
 * Chisasibi: The military is improved, while new roads are built to connect Chisasibi to the rest of the nation. Port facilities also improve.
 * Gojijiwininag: Now vassalized, Gojijiwininag works to improve its military.
 * Nehilaw Dip: The Nehilaw propose the creation of the League of Gichigamee and invite the  Attawandaron, Ashinaabe, Illinikew, Potawatomi, Ho-chunk, Mascouten and Twightee. (Mod Response Please) 
 * Kingdom of the Ottawa: The Kingdom continues to buidup their army and combat traditionalist bandits in the frontier regions. Meanwhile, the Ottawa military forms a second and a third regiment made up of musketeers, pikemen and men at arms. Along the Great Lakes Ottawa hunters and trappers hunting the beavers and deer in the region, creating a profitable leather industry along with taking the pelts and selling them to European merchants for arms and clothing. The population of the Ottawa climbs to 16,000 as people from the surrounding areas flood into the economic power in the region, many of them being progressive natives or European colonists and adventurers. The Kingdom of the Ottawa offer an alliance to the Empire of Britannia.


 * Britannic Diplomacy the Emperor accepts the offer and hopes this will be the beginning of a prosperous and bountiful relationship between our two nations.
 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more sucesses.  Financial loans  continue to be given to Bahmani and Jaunpur. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The first address the issue of the dimishing currency, the Urdustani Taka is implemented upon all the vassals, as it wasn't previously to facilitate better interior trade with vassals. To increase our coffers in the wake of this financial mess, the Urdustani Emperor impliments a "Jewel Tax", in which gems, that come from abroad, or from Ava, are taxed when they are sold, or imported, or exported. To better specialize, and economize the Urdustani economy, we begin to sponsor specific locations for specific crops, such as rice and tobacco in the Bengal region, Indigo in the Gurjurat region, potatos in Vijaynagar, etc. The Emperor's two children continue their education by both native Indian teachers, and by European advisors. Translation of many works of  art, poetry, or books, from native,  cultural  languages, begins to strengthen the Urdu and Hindi speakers in an effort to break some linguistic and cultural barriers. Bhārata kā asalī rājakumāra, after his brother's actions, decides to offer amnesty to the rioters who disband now (Mod Response). The اردو کی زمین شاہی گارڈ, are displeased with this apparent weakness in the leader who they believed they utterly controlled.
 * Rajya of Orissa (Uṛīsā kē rājya, اڑیسہ کی بادشاہی): Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues, as well as cash crop cultivations.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa (Grēṭara asama kē rājya, گریٹر آسام کی بادشاہی): The Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): Due to the recent riots within Urdustan, most of the Hindu ones breaking out in Vijaynagar, the local levies controlled by the Emperor are sent out to attempt to quell the largest of riots within the city of Vijaynagar. However, before many of them arrive, the Emperors brother, سفارتی ادقارکرتا (Rājanayika rakṣaka) espouses his brother's idea of amnesty for the rioters who disband now, as a way to prevent a larger conflict from brewing. However, since the more level-headed ones have already disbanded, there is no telling what will happen.
 * Urdustani Diplomacy (Secrets): The Empire of Urdustan offers the nations of Jaunpur and Bahamni a secret agreement between the three nations in the wake of the Hindu nations want for debt money.
 * Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand their military.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * |onte: The rice and grain supplies show some strain, as the city grows more reliant on the gifts from country farmers. |onte has a growing number of farmers. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,680,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon dies. Mon X takes the head of the Eheresito hu Suida, and maintains relations with both Zimbabwe and !Xoonte. Mon X has noticed that Mon V's works in Zimbabwe can be well felt, as the higher class uses |on frequently. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intellegensia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts, however, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 6500 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 3400 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans  Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The invasion from the Peruvian Monarchy is outrageous the military of the colony moves fast to reach the colony of the Peruvians. While this, the politics in the region of Cahokie and Rouenelle are heavily Militarized for any possible attempt from Spain to capture Rouenelle, the city itself is heavily fortified and a good portion of the local fleet remains in the area. Fiji expands by 100 sq km.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE- German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%, Carthage is heavily Protected by the African fleet fearing Spanish attempts to capture the city.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up.
 * Just to double check, Is the war over?
 * Tawatinsuyu: Military, navy and economy improve. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 2,700,000. Qusqo is currently the largest city, (110,000), followed by Peru (67,000), Machu Picchu (64,000), Chimu (39,000) and Sican (36,000) and New Burgandy (33,000). The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Cava hits the age of 24 while Apeac II hits age 19. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (410,000), Hurin Qosquo (266,000), Hurin Nazca (110,000), Wanka (109,000), Hanan Nazca (102,000), Hurin Chimor (98,000), Anti Chimo, (90,000), Aymara (66,000), Willkapampa (45,000), and La Paz (28,000). The four quarters, orSuyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu  (755,000),  Chimor Suyu (168,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Representing the large German minority, city with the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr and the Zapotec begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationalist movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier. Having received ships from Spain, the Inca Navy is formed and the First Fleet of the Inca is christened. We thank Spain for the loan and we begin to reconstruct Hurin Nazca. "The Great Plague" makes a re-emergence in the Eastern and Western most districts, stunning growth outside of Cuzco Suyu. With the Death of Apeac the First, his son takes the throne. Within a year of taking the throne, he proves himself to be a radical. One of his first actions is to enact the Qosqo Codes, four new codes that serve as a new standard of laws within the Empire. The first code creates a limited parliament, giving votes only to those who live in the Golden Cities. This new parliament can also only suggest laws, of which the Sapa Inca can reject. The second code creates the first university in the Inca Empire, the University of Hanan Qosqo. The third code officially passes the Laws of Succession which were drafted years ago. The fourth and final code sets up the standardized Inca Census organization, a government-funded body that deals with managing population growth and conducting the census. With the acquisition of the Northern territories, they are divided into two different nations under the Inca: Collaquimbaya and Hanan Peru. As agreed at the end of the war, we work to meet France's quota of gold and other resources.
 * Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 400,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Military, navy and economy improve. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 50,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 35,000.
 * Collaquimbaya: With the Inca acquisition of the territory, a new government in established. Military and Economy improve as work on irrigation and agriculture begins. An emphasis is placed on making use of the territories minerals. Population stands at 10,000
 * Hanan Peru: With the acquisition of the territory, the Inca establish a new government. Miltiary and economy improve as work on irrigation and agriculture begins. An emphasis is placed on making use of the Territories minerals. Population stands at roughly 500,000.
 * Wu China: Military and economy is built up.
 * Tibet: Buddhist temples are continuing to be built. Roads are continuing to be fixed so that travelers on the Silk Roads can easily get to our nation. Our own version of the arquebus gun is being made. Farming is our most important industry. We mine resources in our caves. We ask the people of our nation if they can help increase the population. The military is increasing due to new TRAINING that has been made. This new training is line infantry training with marching aspects. The military is becoming bigger due to new tech and more people joining. We ask Uighur, Si Chuan, and Yun Nan for an alliance. We open our borders to let Chinese people in. We allow people to practice Confucius. Trading goes well with the Chinese.
 * Nepal: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chutiya: We build up our military and economy.
 * Shan States: We build up our military and economy.
 * Vorlayacor: Hearing of the Urdustani famine, the government provides incentives for farmers to expand their plots. Roads and forts in the northwest are expanded, while Machitonis and Nov Xoryan begin creating new city blocks.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.2 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment thats been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. The Spanish armed forces are increased to nearly 50,000 with the reserves to match. This only applies to Spain proper as various other military forces are around the colonies keeping the forces all manned up and ready to fight in case of conflict. The Spanish renounce all intent to attack other French colonies and are satisfied with the re-acquistion of Upper Peru and we propose a treaty to restore this territory to the Inca. The Spanish navy shows their first use of Marines.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area. The Volcano issue is solved with a large mass evacuation and a program to rebuilt the area of a decade is formulated. The eruption, however, has shown the effectiveness of Spanish and Italian troops at organizing and helping an evacuation.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. Morocco's total population is two million. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish officially establish their first small settlement within a city in the Kongo. Over the past century or more under Spain the Kongo officially lists Spanish as a major and official language within the country with many elites and at least 30% of the general population speaking Spanish. The Kongolese military is reformed with a force of nearly 10,000 led by Spanish officers and a few Elite Spanish units. This reformation gives the Kongo a modern military formation.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overworking and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.2 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The Military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha is counted at nearly nine million with the inclusion of large native cities, expansion of the borders farther north, and the immigration of Spaniards. With this, however, a few prominent priests in Hispania have made it quite obvious that the integrated native cities should be left alone outside of tribute collection and troop levies in order to preserve the working potential of their population and prevent disease from totally wiping them out. Many, however, have begun to see a large rise in immunity to diseases such as smallpox. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezians, unable to select a king from their remaining nobles, delegate to the Queen of Spain (Castile and Aragon) who chooses a man named Antonio Lo Grato to rule as Prince of Venice in place of the Queen of Spain. A well acclaimed and respected man, he immediately enacts reforms. The Venezian economy with access to the Spanish economy begins to recover and for the first time in years due to this. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of Integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony Proper. New Spain wins a battle resoundingly against French colonial forces with both Colonial, and Inca troops performing spectacularly as the Spanish officially capture Upper Peru from the French evicting them from the territory and declaring the military action over. Alongside this the Viceroy of the colony a cadet princeling of the Spanish Habsburgs also dedicates another 5000 troops to a dedicated assault to remove natives for the Uruguay and Paraguay regions.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
 * New Granada: The colony of New Granada - formerly San Francisco - sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 55,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the colony of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 15,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco city. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. The Philippines send nearly 50 ships from the local fleet to support Shanghai. the Philippines declare their support for Wu and support them directly with ships.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy.
 * Chile: The few hundred Spanish settlers who established some terraced farms and a small town expand settlements in the mountains to avoid earthquakes and other acts of God. The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 3000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Aymara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day. The Spanish instigate a large expansionary policy of connecting Chile with New Spain in a Big way making a dedicated push across the continent.
 * East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The three african states begin to see some contention being part of a unified entity and the royal governor seeing a potential issue begins petitioning for Spain's involvement proper to either restore order or create a solution.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin: The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. The Royal governor of Cochin is established in the city of Bago, the area's greatest port city and impressed with it the Hispanian governor makes it the capital of the Spanish territory of Cochin. As a militaristic governor he immediately begins plans to keep the region secure and prevent further uprising, as well as make the territory profitable for him, and keep the Spanish East India Company out of the area. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 450,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain.
 * Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that can not set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City is finally fully rebuilt as a major trade port with a population of about 45,000.
 * Shanghai: The city of Shanghai due to its presence on the mainland of China proper becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. The Company reports that with nothing being done in Wu to fight the rebels ramps up its forces to nearly 20,000 hiring out all pirates in the area and ramping up forces from China proper. Shanghai declares its official assisstance to Wu
 * Raigama: Military, economy, navy, and infrastructure improve slowly. Due to the removal of the edict several years ago, the economy has improved, but still a majority of it is the black market. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Raigama. Due to the removal of the edict in 1618, the economy and black market start slowly crawling back to its previous state. Samir III orders that all official affairs to be handled in the more reliable Dutch Guilder. The king also orders Rajakaas to be officially decommissioned and removed (melted). A very small amount more of the army is given Dutch military training, and old Dutch weapons. Population increases, and reaches 450,000. The navy is ordered to explore more around India and Indonesia. King Samir III continues to allow the building of naval bases and trade posts in Raigama. Samir III also supports the Dutch military operations in Kotte. Although the education is poorly funded due to the economy, Raigman schools begin to teach Dutch as a second language. Because of the Dutch merchants in the area, Dutch Reformist begins to be sampled among a small area of the population. Wealthier native Raigamans begin to wear fancy Dutch clothes. All of this Dutch influence begins to make a small mix of culture between Raigaman (Indian culture) with Dutch culture. Samir II starts improving relations with Urdustan, Dai Viet, and Ayutthaya. Raigama is approved to join and is now part of the Indian League. Samir Venkata Navin Prabhat Akash (Samir II) dies of old age at 62 and his oldest son, Samir III takes the throne at 32 years of age. Samir III rules with his queen, Lakshmi of Delhi. So far Samir III hasn't changed much since his father's death, even though he wishes to declare the second island war.
 * Kotte: Kotte mainly increases its economy and infrastructure. A very small amount of the Kotte army are given training and weapons like the Raigaman army. King Samir also orders Kotte currency to be decommissioned. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Kotte. Population reaches 90,000. The number of rebellious citizens in Kotte continues to lower due to the Dutch military operations.
 * Nava Kotte: Nava Kotte becomes a good trade post, used in trading with Ayutthaya, Dai Viet, and Dutch colonies in Indonesia. The colony assembles a very miniscule local (non-government funded) armed force to defend the island. Although the population is very miniscule, due to the amount of Dutch merchants, a (very) small port is established on the north of the island called "Port Willem" (after the Dutch King), and is where many of the merchants reside. There is a high concentration of Dutch culture, due to migration from the less profitable Raigaman mainland.
 * Tsardom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its economy. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Tsar. The Tsar issues an organizational reform, hoping to effectively improve the administrative divisions and making sure that the power of the nobility is finally obliterated. The Tsar orders a reform of the military as the war casualties in the last war prove that it is slowly becoming outdated. Britannic and French assistance in the reform is politely requested. Britannic assistance is also asked with a newly-induced naval reform. Croatia accepts the French request of sending Dalmatian settlers and continues aiding in the ten-year emigration of 20,000 Croatian Dalmatians.
 * Croatian Knyazdom of Western Hungary: The Knyazdom's economy is primarily expanded. Because of the demographic issues caused by the war, numerous male Croats migrate to Hungary to balance as well as nobles from the Gorjanski family.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy, a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. War plans in Borealia are put on indefinite hold as political and economic tensions ease with Scandinavia. Britannic assistance to Croatia in the reforms is permitted. The Empire inacts a new series of reforms designed to better govern the numerous holdings of the Empire. Ships are moved toward Siam.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * New Dublin: Continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newpaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand.
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Local support is slowly gaining ground. The Oyo territories are rolled into Ghana.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives to Port William at the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises.
 * L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: This year marks the 100th anniversary of the Sultanate and it is quite eventful, as Sultan Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad dies and and his son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad’s coronation is held and he is the new Sultan, thus ending the rule of the Grand Council. As a result of the 100th anniversay of the Sulanate, the death of Abul Mulahlmin Ibn Nquad, and the coronation of Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad as the new Sultan, there is a massive parade in the centre of Baghdad. turn. With Sultan Abull Mulahlmin Ibn With our nation being re-established 100 years ago, there is a grand parade held in the center of Baghdad, celebrating 100 years of Manusurryian Sultanate History, and many reflect on what has happened. It all started with Aashif ibn Nuquad, who reestablished the Mansurryian Caliphate after 57 years of its collapse, and made a deal with the Ottoman (now Damascan) Sultanate to be a Sultanate rather than a Caliphate in return for an eternal alliance. In order to gain control of the Sultanate, he conducted the Great Mansurryian Purge like his grandfather, Caliph Fatih, before him. After the Purge, Sultan Aashif Ibn Nuquad implemented the Mosque Model, which built up the infrastructure and the economy of the Sultanate significantly. Later, the Safavids collapsed, and the Sultanate and the Safavids went into a Union together, were the Great Safavid Purge took place. Unfortunately, however, the Safavids revolted, and the Sultan was killed, thus sending the nation into chaos. Thus the Interim Government under the Grand Council, conducted the Second Great Mansurryian Purge and declared the six year Great Safavid War in order to avenge the Sultan. After the war, the reign of Sultan Amir began, and it was a reign of peace, with the focus of the rebuildment of the Mansurryian Sultanate and Southern Persia under the Mosque Model. After 12 years under the Mosque Model (1568-1580), the Rebuildment Era was over, and Sultan Amir focused on the economy and vassalized Oman over the period of ten years (1580-1590) and Queshm Island was vassalized within five years (1585-1590). From 1590-1595 Milh, Masirah, and Baharain was vassalized. From 1590-1600 the military and the Grand Mosque of Baghdad was being built. In 1600, the Grand Mosque of Baghdad was built up and Sultan  Abdul-MuhaiminIbn Nuquad built up the infrastructure and economy from 1600-1632. In 1622-1632, the Interim Government took over and continued the Sultan’s policies of peace, until the Aeyptian War took place (1626-1629) The Sultan’s son,  Asim Asad Ibn Nquad was the general of the Manssuryian force in Aegypt and the chief Mansurryian  diplomat of  The Treaty of Alexandria, which lead to the creation of the Red Sea Governate and the Southern Sinai Governate. Now two years later, Asim’s father has died, and Asim is the new Sultan. Because The Aegyptian War and the Treaty of Alexandria brought wealth, land, power, and glory to Manssuryia, and brought the approval and the love of his father, Sultan Asim Asad Ibn Nquad believes that having a strong military is the key to the success of the Sultanate, and thus begins a massive military build up throughout the nation and to all mainland vassals. With our 100th anniversary, we elect Sultan Abuil Mulalmin Ibn Nquad as the new leading Sultan of the UIN)
 * Southern Persia: Infrastructure build up is complete. We now go back to building up military
 * Oman: Military build up restarts
 * Queshm Island: Military is built up.
 * Milh: The Governor was installed one year ago during the transnational period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Implementation of the Mosque Model. Mil turn  With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593. Now that it is the year 1600, we open up our port, Milh, access will be proposed, negotiated, accepted, or declined under Mansurryian diplomacy.
 * As a result of the land exchange for Masirah and trading rights, Yemen cedes part of Yemeni Eritrea to us, consisting of OTL Djibouti, and we found the port city of New Baghdad (OTL Djibouti City) as the colony's capital. The colony of New Baghdad also includes Ali Sabielh, as a sort of inland capital to administer New Baghdad's interior, as well as a jump start point for expansion. The Colonial Governor is in charge of New Baghdad, and is met with the traditional Mansurryian welcome of the Mosque Model. (This is especially symbolic since the Mosque Model was introduced to Old Baghdad (Manssuryian Sultanate) 70 years ago. The Mosque Model works like this: Mosques are the centre of the town, and as the centre of each markets and homes are built around the mosques, thus creating towns. As new towns are created roads are created between them, thus fueling the economy. The money used from the economy boom is used to build new mosques, which makes the cycle go all over again. Other results include rise in Sunni Islam and support for the governor. A plan for a road between New Baghdad and Ali Sabieh is being worked out, as well as a plan to connect Addis Ababa, Ali Sabieh and New Baghdad. Wells, along with mosques, are constructed. We expand 50 px inland. We start trading with Romanian Somalia.
 * Southern Suez Governate: With the annexation of Sharm El Sheik and the surrounding area in Southern Suez, we set up Sharm El Sheik as the capital, and we implement the Mosque Model with the intention of it becoming a major port as well.
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Constantius II, now 40, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Romania, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also, terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Dan takes notice of the new practice of terrace farming. He quickly implements a series of reforms to build many hundreds of these farms all along the Carpathians and in Bulgaria. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. Food surpluses drive down prices. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (1% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by flintlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Constantius’ son Vladimir II reaches the age of 12. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow. After years of growth the population of Dacia reaches roughly 5.08 million and rising.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Dacia to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Dacia causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav II continues growing the economy and military.
 * East Hungary: The economy and military are improved as more land becomes farmed. The Romanians bring with them the practice of terraced farming which begins to appear in Hungary. After last years uprisings a series of new laws are enacted, which weaken the property laws of native Magyars.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap garnet and quartz while also adding rubies, emeralds and other more precious gems. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
 * Roman Empire: The Roman Empire celebrates the victory over Egypt and the successful recapture of the canal and the right to possess Egypt. As such, the Empire adapts for that, and funds collected from the new canal are sent to finance the construction of the Dacian and Croatian ports as well as a Roman port at Berenice. Emperor Thomas II begins to reach the end of his life. While this is happening, discontent is still brewing amongst the nobles, and it remains to be seen what will happen once he dies. Trade continues to expand across the colonies and the mainland nation and as the province of Egypt has fallen back into the hands of the Romans the food exports help provide the Empire with enough food, reducing reliance on imports from the Tartary. This helps the population grow, typically in areas like Anatolia and Serbia. For his part in defeating the Egyptians and securing peace with the Muslims, Theodore von Chersenosos is given an Imperial Triumph back in Constantinople. Following constant reports of native raids and trouble in the southern colonies, an expedition is sent to deal with the problem. Two native states are invaded as the Romans believe them to be the origin of these raids. In this year, the Emperor Thomas II dies. His son Andronikos V takes the throne as Emperor.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the remaining Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius familiy returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasim. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1633, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. King Franz-Albert II, aged 67, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with  Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Franz-Albert II continues to attempt the propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 20% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 10,000 remaining in Saxony, and 15,000 in Thuringia. Starting in 1595, several high Saxon nobles are displaced, mostly by having their titles and lands revoked, and given out to Bavarian nobility. In September, Franz-Albert II makes the decision to recognize his younger brother Johann, born 1576, as his heir. Johann already has six children, in order of age, Maria-Sofia, Isabella, Leopold, Karl, and Catherine. In mournful news, Franz-Albert II dies, and is succeeded by his younger bother Johann. Upon taking the throne, Johann adopts the regnal name of Franz-Heinrich.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1633, Queen Isabell University continues to grow. Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Nurnburg Incident continues to remain in memory, having put the country into a startled stupor for the majority of 1561.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Adalbert II normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion. Adalbert II dies in 1599, and the Saxon throne passes to Franz-Albert II.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Duchy of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Franz-Albert is proclaimed as Duke of Swabia-Württemberg.
 * Lübeck: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Fehmarn: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Wismar: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Wismar is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Madgeburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Albert continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Franz-Albert II is proclaimed as Duke of Madgeburg.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern, reaching a population of 2100, expands this year. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. In 1595, the settlement of Bayreuth is founded in Jülichsberg in early March. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 250 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 250 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of Jülichsberg, 100 sq km southward onto the smaller island south of Katharinas-Hafen, and a final 100 sq km northward, past Jülichsberg, up the coast of mainland Borealia.
 * In Pskov, more water wheels start to appear, and more farmers, not happy that they are producing excess food, instead of producing excess food, begin producing a crop they can sell in the fields where excess food is growing, namely, flax seed, the main ingredient in linen cloth. Pskov's population continually grows along with its GDP and average wages, as Russia (and possibly Eastern Europe)'s largest city continues its economic golden age. In thanks of the Help with conquest of Maputo, Narva receives this year's shipment of ships for free, financed by the Pskovian government. also 5% of all the gold mined in Zlatobrezhie.
 * ​The Republic of Narva: Continues its military growth. The Riigikogu Passes legislation hiring Pskovian Guards to temporarily remain as the nation's military force. Some Pskovian Merchants set up shop in Narva, and begin selling their products. However, some very oportunistic ones begin setting up not simply markets, but hiring and moving some of their staff to Narva to help with the development of Production. Meanwhile, the efficiency of farming continues to grow as Pskovian methods are imported. Culture begins to grow as well, as some questionists continue to spread their works. The Knyaz-Namestnik Volkov, with the approval of the Riigikogu, Crowns himself the First Vurst of Narva, and officially changes his Surname to Huntide (meaning "of Wolves" in Estonian); and establishes House Huntide.
 * The Pskov Imperial Company (PIC): Continues its trading, stock exchanging, and overall richer getting while simultaneously building more ships and growing the shipyard-town of Novoprussiysk. The PIC moves in to trade with many nations, opening branches wherever it can. Meanwhile, some trade expeditions are sent around Africa to China and Japan, to attempt to establish some sort of diplomatic and trade relationships with the mysterious nations of the far east (to whom they have a monopoly, excluding land routes). Any Indian nation asked the right to establish trade with minimal tariff, and so are certain Indochinese nations and Indonesian nations.
 * The PIC Possession of Zlatobrezhie: Continues to restore order in an otherwise interesting state. The First Locals who learn the Russian language are offered positions in lower management (that deal directly with the Zlatobrezhian people). The Namestnik of Zlatobrezhie officialy, in attempt to officialize the Russian language as the language of commerce and trade, and as not to offend any nobles that may launch a rebellion, give the nobles an ultimatum, learn Russian and convert to Orthodoxy from henceforth three years, or lose all privileges and rights and have their wealth and power confiscated. They had three months to announce their decisions, and enroll in the Russian-language examination, which will be taking place three years from now. If they refused, they lost everything, and a few were shot in the Soldier's "Self-Defence" (as execution is illegal in Pskov). Some refuse and have their lands siezed, seeing it as an affront to their national pride (mostly new nobility, enobled within the last ten years). Most other nobles, however, in order to keep their prestige and money, enroll in the Russian-language examination, and begin learning and teaching their children the language of the Pskovians. All Noble privileges are suspended until a new state can be formed and local laws merged with Pskov's (with local punishments for local crimes taking precedence in lieu of Pskovian legislation on the topic). However, this suspension and revocation of privilleges is only in name, as they are able to keep both money and possessions, and the people still treat them the same. Execution is made illegal for any crime by Edict of the High Namestnik, and punishments to be replaced by the discression of the judge. The past four years have given the Pskovians enough time to establish a rudimentary grievance justice system, using existing infrastructure as a base, and by importing judges to preside over proceedings and grievances. More work is needed, and it is far from done.

1634
A large outbreak of plague begins in some of the isolated Native cities in Tenocha killing nearly three million of the territories eight million populace leveling the population of unaffected Natives which was significant leaving the last bastions of isolated city states subjugated by Spain nearly wiped out the remainder attempts a revolt but their population is so shattered that it dies out in less than two weeks.

'''The French suffer a series of raids from angered tribesmen from the internals of the Amazons but are unpursuable due to the hostile territory and it being nearly untraversable. The French colonists burn down tracts of forest in revenge.'''

''' Colonists in Spain's colony of Cape Ferdinand encounter a large town of nearly 3000 Zulus christianized by soldiers and a priest kept alive by the impressive military expertise shown by the soldiers when they arrived. '''

''' The Romans see a minor revolt in a frontier town in Egypt but nothing comes of it. this does however engrain the attitude that the Egyptians, no matter their religion are fearsome, and untameable people that will fight no matter the cost. '''

''' “The History of Early Colonialism” is written by a Scottish author living in France. The book is about the meteoric rise of colonialism and the powerful empires and major wars resulting from this new phenomena. This book grows popular with the Elites across Europe wishing to know about colonialism. This also marks the first coining of the term “Early Colonialism” in Spain which is believed to be from 1490-1600 covering the initial stages of colonialism. '''


 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony.
 * Duchy of Hamburg: economic improvements are made, and new trade routes between the New World, Africa, Asia and Europe are put in place. Duke Karl, in the meantime, reads "The History of Early Colonialism" and finds it fascinating. He enjoys reading of the rise of the British, Spanish and French colonial empire, and doesn't mind the passages following Hamburg's colonial expansion, however much of a subnote it is compared to the superpowers.
 * Duchy of Mecklenburg: Economy expanded.
 * County of Holstein: Economy expanded.
 * Duchy of Stade: Economy expanded.
 * Prince-Archbishopric of Münster: Economy expanded.
 * Karsland: Economy expanded.
 * Damascan Sultanate: Sulimen IV rules as Sultan, now aging at 64. Sulimen IV promotes migration to Damascus (دمشق) as it now numbers 415,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 310,000. The people continue to rally toward Islam. The Kurdistan regents begins merging into the Damascan Sultanate. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever lock guns are being replaced rapidly with Arquebuses. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 22.7 million. Karaman and Damascus become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed. Once again Mansuriyya and Damascus become some of the closest allies around the globe, not allowing anything to separate them. In the joyous occasion; Sultan Sulimen IV has a son, Sulimen V and a daughter Ablahadahla which are now 10, they are twins. We increase our relations with Urdustan, Yemen, and Mansuriyya. Light matchlock muskets are heavily in use and well advanced; designing guns that are faster, more efficient, and lighter. Jerusalem grows to 370,000.
 * Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With becoming a newly fastened vassal once again under the rule of the Damascan Sultanate, the vassal's neighbor, Dibayakir begins to become more friendly with both Karaman and Damascus. The economy is expanded, and centralization begins as Karaman now is under the protection and at the command of the Sultan. Now becoming part of the Sultanate, the vassal focuses on economically boosting themselves, as they no longer have to building a force if chance of invasion. Karaman encourages Dibayakir once again, to join Damascus.
 * Southern Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Military expands. Borders are re-inforced and patrolled. Azerbaijan after 30-35 years of Damascan influence, the region is somewhat Muslim-Turk. With the majority of the previous Orthodox Christians moving to Armenia. Azerbaijan is reaffirmed into the Damascan Sultanate. Troops are sent to re-inforce the vassal.
 * Aleppraqht (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 70,000. Economy expands.
 * Dhubab (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The port city in Yemen bought from the Romanians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy expands.
 * Cairo: With the city being taken from Aegypt, they make a deal with the Roman Empire to be given to strongest Islamic power in the area, that being the Damascan Sultanate. Economy and infrastructure expands. Cairo's population rises to 350,000. As many of the Muslims throughout Aegypt now face fealty under Roman rulership flock to the great Muslim city, in haven to be in an Islamic community. Troops in the Aegyptian war take refuge in the city while continuing and partaking in missions to finish off the small bit of resistance which Aegypt still holds.
 * Sinai: The desert peninsula of Sinai is very scarce in population. Although along the southern and northern tips, the people flourish, with medium sized towns, and bountiful trade routes. Economy expands with gaining Damascan trade. Oils, glass, gold, and firearms flow through the new trade routes into Aegypt.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: The nation expands 5000 km southeast, along the coast of Gichigamee. Meanwhile, fishermen land on a large and as yet unknown island in the Adelhied Sea (OTL Belcher Islands). Basques continue to arrive, as the prospect of free land and a more pleasant climate offers major improvements over Greenland. Disaffected Livonians also arrive, settling mainly along the coast. As pre-existing groups of these ethnicities now exist, immigrants feel more comfortable and arrive in larger numbers. The new immigrants greatly enjoy cassina, and continue to be interested in exporting it to Europe. Iron mining accelerates, and arquebuses are still produced. They remain crude. A new version of syncreticism, the Church of the Reindeer, or the Church of Tuktu, becomes increasingly popular in the interior, with priests advocating the existence of a God but encouraging the worship of subsidiary, animist-style spirits (similar to OTL voodoo). Relations deteriorate with Ilinikew.
 * Nemaska: Nemaska's population spikes as Basques and Livonians settle in the area, bringing new industries and skills. The military improves. Nhu Euskadi expands.
 * Chisasibi: The economy is improved, while new roads are built to connect Chisasibi to the rest of the nation. Port facilities also improve.
 * Gojijiwininag: Now vassalized, Gojijiwininag works to improve its economy.
 * Vorlayacor: The military continues its training and upgrading of forts both inland and near the coast. A national Ngenist celebration is held to commemorate Vorlayacor expanding and absorbing as much Hesperian territory as possible into a Hesperian nation. Swain announces his retirement; in his final speech, he describes the nation as "a shining beacon of balance in Hesperia."  A new Grand Premier named Azir takes his place. Mathematicians at the University of Nov Xoryan continue their work on changing variables and rates of change.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Military, navy and economy improve. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 2,700,000. Qusqo is currently the largest city, (110,000), followed by Peru (67,000), Machu Picchu (64,000), Chimu (39,000) and Sican (36,000) and New Burgandy (33,000). The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Cava hits the age of 24 while Apeac II hits age 19. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (410,000), Hurin Qosquo (266,000), Hurin Nazca (110,000), Wanka (109,000), Hanan Nazca (102,000), Hurin Chimor (98,000), Anti Chimo, (90,000), Aymara (66,000), Willkapampa (45,000), and La Paz (28,000). The four quarters, orSuyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu  (755,000),  Chimor Suyu (168,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Representing the large German minority, city with the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr and the Zapotec begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationalist movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier. Having received ships from Spain, the Inca Navy is formed and the First Fleet of the Inca is christened. We thank Spain for the loan and we begin to reconstruct Hurin Nazca. "The Great Plague" makes a re-emergence in the Eastern and Western most districts, stunning growth outside of Cuzco Suyu. With the Death of Apeac the First, his son takes the throne. Within a year of taking the throne, he proves himself to be a radical. One of his first actions is to enact the Qosqo Codes, four new codes that serve as a new standard of laws within the Empire. The first code creates a limited parliament, giving votes only to those who live in the Golden Cities. This new parliament can also only suggest laws, of which the Sapa Inca can reject. The second code creates the first university in the Inca Empire, the University of Hanan Qosqo. The third code officially passes the Laws of Succession which were drafted years ago. The fourth and final code sets up the standardized Inca Census organization, a government-funded body that deals with managing population growth and conducting the census. With the acquisition of the Northern territories, they are divided into two different nations under the Inca: Collaquimbaya and Hanan Peru. As agreed at the end of the war, we work to meet France's quota of gold and other resources.
 * Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 400,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Military, navy and economy improve. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 50,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 35,000.
 * Collaquimbaya: With the Inca acquisition of the territory,  a new government in established. Military and Economy improve as work on irrigation and agriculture begins. An emphasis is placed on making use of the territories minerals. Population stands at 10,000
 * Hanan Peru: With the acquisition of the territory, the Inca establish a new government. Miltiary navy and economy improve as work on irrigation and agriculture begins. An emphasis is placed on making use of the Territories minerals. Population stands at roughly 500,000.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.2 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment thats been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. The Spanish armed forces are increased to nearly 50,000 with the reserves to match. This only applies to Spain proper as various other military forces are around the colonies keeping the forces all manned up and ready to fight in case of conflict. The Spanish renounce all intent to attack other French colonies and are satisfied with the re-acquistion of Upper Peru and we propose a treaty to restore this territory to the Inca. The Spanish navy shows their first use of Marines. The Spanish forces put down the Wu revolt backing up its agreement with Wu. The Spaniards surprised by the Native attack in New Spain send a larger garrison of troops to help the colonials maintain their control and offer support in rebuilding.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area. The Volcano issue is solved with a large mass evacuation and a program to rebuilt the area of a decade is formulated. The eruption, however, has shown the effectiveness of Spanish and Italian troops at organizing and helping an evacuation.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 500.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overwork and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The Military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of Integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony Proper. New Spain wins a battle resoundingly against French colonial forces with both Colonial, and Inca troops performing spectacularly as the Spanish officially capture Upper Peru from the French evicting them from the territory and declaring the military action over. Alongside this the Viceroy of the colony a cadet princeling of the Spanish Habsburgs also dedicates another 5000 troops to a dedicated assault to remove natives for the Uruguay and Paraguay regions. This campaign leads to an unprecedented assault by the Natives who in a show of force unseen by any previous raids or attacks nearly 10,000 Mapuche natives across the board. The Original army of 5000 suffers extreme casualties with nearly 3500 men dieing and the remainder being forced to fight a defensive war. In a strong show of support the many Farmers, Plantation owners, and even men in general take up arms to defend the northern parts of New Spain. This massive attack is repelled long enough for the nearly 20,000 troops fresh from the war of Upper Peru to arrive sandwiching nearly 9000 natives between the two forces and wiping them out. During what is known as the war of King Cortez (with cortez being the nickname for a very proficient and well learned native chief) the term "Osea" comes about meaning "Hard as Rock" or "Strong as bone" with the former being the most used version. Osea becomes the affectionate nickname of New Spain spoken by many. King Cortez however in a show of respect surrenders the remaining 1000 of his warriors who surprisingly are nearly all mixed race Mestizos as is Cortez himself. Rather than imprison them, the Viceroy makes them swear loyalty and forms the Elite "Espadas" a unit of the most elite soldier with well versed ability as marksman, and non conventional warfare fighters. This unit is headed by a Spaniard General and Cortez himself.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
 * New Granada: The colony of New Granada  sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 75,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 17,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco city. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers. Taking a que from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. The Philippines send nearly 50 ships from the local fleet to support Shanghai. the Philippines declare their support for Wu and support them directly with ships.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers.
 * Chile: The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 3000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Aymara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day. The Spanish instigate a large expansionary policy of connecting Chile with New Spain in a Big way making a dedicated push across the continent. The Silver mines in the area known as Potosi become legend as the most silver production in the Hesperian and Borealian continents are located here.
 * East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The three African states begin to see some contention being part of a unified entity and the royal governor seeing a potential issue begins petitioning for Spain's involvement proper to either restore order or create a solution.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin: The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. The Royal governor of Cochin is established in the city of Bago, the area's greatest port city and impressed with it the Hispanian governor makes it the capital of the Spanish territory of Cochin. As a militaristic governor he immediately begins plans to keep the region secure and prevent further uprising, as well as make the territory profitable for him, and keep the Spanish East India Company out of the area. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 450,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain.
 * Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that can not set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City of Dawer raises a Sepoya army of about 1000
 * Shanghai: The city of Shanghai due to its presence on the mainland of China proper becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. The Company reports that with nothing being done in Wu to fight the rebels ramps up its forces to nearly 20,000 hiring out all pirates in the area and ramping up forces from China proper. The Defeat of the rebels officially opens up the massive markets of Wu in full to the South China Sea Company. Shanghai begins to make up the difference in profit for fighting the revolt in Wu. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via chinese texts and begins looking into it.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 6500 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 3400 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans  Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The loss of Peru is saddening but the outstanding victories in the defensive lines in the isthmus region and Rouenelle have won great respect and the survival of French Borealienne and cahokienne colonies which in the end are far more important, While this, the local colonial government is given its own military districts as the empire divides into East African, Angoula, Mediterranean (Africa and Sardinia) Atlantique (France and Artois) Hesperienne (Nouvelle Orleans) and Borelie et Cahokie (Rouenelle) mostly military and naval districts. Fiji expands by 100 sq km.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE- German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%, Carthage is heavily Protected by the African fleet fearing Spanish attempts to capture the city.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * |onte: The rice and grain supplies show some strain, as the city grows more reliant on the gifts from country farmers. |onte has a growing number of farmers. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,710,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon dies. Mon X takes the head of the Eheresito hu Suida, and maintains relations with both Zimbabwe and !Xoonte. Mon X has noticed that Mon V's works in Zimbabwe can be well felt, as the higher class uses |on frequently. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intellegensia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene.
 * County of Oldenburg: One hundred new settlers arrive in Neu Norderney. The newcomers set up a new town south of the present border (Neu Norderney expands 200 px south along the coast) which they name Proserpine after Regent Mary's daughter who recently was married to an Austrian prince.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The Bishopric's economy improves with strong banking gains.
 * Ming China: The Chinese continue expanding their military.
 * Ghana is part of the Britannian Empire. -Feud
 * Tibet: Buddhist temples are continuing to be built. Roads are continuing to be fixed so that travelers on the Silk Road can easily get to our nation. Our own version of the arquebus gun is being made. Farming is our most important industry. We mine resources in our caves. We ask the people of our nation if they can help increase the population. The military is increasing due to new TRAINING that has been made. This new training is line infantry training with marching aspects. The military is becoming bigger due to new tech and more people joining. We ask Uighur, Si Chuan, and Yun Nan for an alliance. We open our borders to let Chinese people in. We allow people to practice Confucianism. Trading goes well with the Chinese.
 * Nepal: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chutiya: We build up our military and economy.
 * Shan States: We build up our military and economy.
 * Mongol: The Mongols expand their land and improve the army and economy and they want an alliance with Tibet, Japan and Ming China.
 * In Pskov, more water wheels start to appear, and more farmers, not happy that they are producing excess food, instead of producing excess food, begin producing a crop they can sell in the fields where excess food is growing, namely, flax seed, the main ingredient in linen cloth. Pskov's population continually grows along with its GDP and average wages, as Russia (and possibly Eastern Europe)'s largest city continues its economic golden age. In thanks for the help with conquest of Maputo, Narva receives this year's shipment of ships for free, financed by the Pskovian government. Also, 5% of all the gold mined in Zlatobrezhie. The Scientists in Pskov continue their research, and some begin to speculate and try to figure out what this "action at a distance" is that keeps planets in orbit of the sun, and moons orbiting planets and so on and so forth. The Pskov School of Commerce officialy opens this year, and aims to teach students about economics and banking and generally how the commercial system of Pskov works, legal intricacies and all. Meanwhile, the Bank of Pskov grows larger, and starts giving out new bills, with signatures of the Bank Head and Deputy bank head at the time of print (which is also written on the bill) to prevent counterfeit. Printing methods are approved and Pskov continues to be the intellectual and cultural center of Russia, while also being its largest city. A Bavarian researcher in the Pskov Academy of Natural Philosophy, Reiner Von Einzberg, in an attempt to view the extremely small, invents the microscope by using lenses and his studies of optics and lenses, and the device is renoun, and he sells it to the Academy, who decide to do som more experimentation to determine its uses and better its design. A woman, Elena Mikhailovna Kondratieva, becomes quite a charismatic character, becoming more involved than most women in Pskovian Politics, and due to a certain aura of leadership and her succes in mediating a disagreement over taxation that almost escalated into a brawl, begins to attract a following. The Book: History of Early Colonialism becomes popular and printers in Pskov begin to translate and publish the tome into Russian.
 * ​The Republic of Narva: Continues its military growth. The Riigikogu Passes legislation hiring Pskovian Guards to temporarily remain as the nation's military force. Some Pskovian Merchants set up shop in Narva, and begin selling their products. However, some very oportunistic ones begin setting up not simply markets, but hiring and moving some of their staff to Narva to help with the development of Production. Meanwhile, the efficiency of farming continues to grow as Pskovian methods are imported. Culture begins to grow as well, as some questionists continue to spread their works. The Knyaz-Namestnik Volkov, with the approval of the Riigikogu, Crowns himself the First Vurst of Narva, and officially changes his Surname to Huntide (meaning "of Wolves" in Estonian); and establishes House Huntide.
 * The Pskov Imperial Company (PIC): Continues its trading, stock exchanging, and overall richer getting while simultaneously building more ships and growing the shipyard-town of Novoprussiysk. The PIC moves in to trade with many nations, opening branches wherever it can. Meanwhile, some trade expeditions are sent around Africa to China and Japan, to attempt to establish some sort of diplomatic and trade relationships with the mysterious nations of the far east (to whom they have a monopoly, excluding land routes). Any Indian nation asked the right to establish trade with minimal tariff, and so are certain Indochinese nations and Indonesian nations.
 * The PIC Possession of Zlatobrezhie: The First Locals who learn the Russian language are offered positions in lower management (that deal directly with the Zlatobrezhian people). More Missionaries are sent to Zlatobrezhie in order to christianize the people, and first and foremost christen the rebels. The Bishop of Pskov gives leave to Father Gabriel Zuganov to go and lead the Misson in Zlatobrezhie, and establish the first cathedral in the capital of Sofala. Some missionaries use local help of converts to build makeshift churches in which they perform sacraments and preach to the locals about Christ and Salvation. Nobles, however, that refuse outright christianization, have their lands confiscated, and those who resist even further are shot in "Self-Defence"(although most people know it was a summary execution). More Judges come here from Pskov, and Courts are set up in each Lieutenant-Namesnicheski (Provincial) capital. Hearings are announced in order to compile a judicial code, that would combine Pskovian law(for the most part), with some local traditions, and laws, woven into it. The first Rysybank branch opens this year, and is used to store most gold bullion. The Mint of Sofala is comissioned by the Grand Prince of Pskov, and as such begins construction in the city. The Local populace is encouraged to Learn Russian, and so they do, with some merchants(mostly wealthless ones) sometimes made examples of near the ports. An academy that existed in the Capital is transformed into the first Russian-Language academy in Africa.
 * Raigama: Military, economy, navy, and infrastructure improve slowly. Due to the removal of the edict several years ago, the economy has improved, but still a majority of it is the black market. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Raigama. Due to the removal of the edict in 1618, the economy and black market start slowly crawling back to its previous state. Samir III orders that all official affairs to be handled in the more reliable Dutch Guilder. The king also orders Rajakaas to be officially decommissioned and removed (melted). A very small amount more of the army is given Dutch military training, and old Dutch weapons. Population increases, and reaches 450,000. The navy is ordered to explore more around India and Indonesia. King Samir III continues to allow the building of naval bases and trade posts in Raigama. Samir III also supports the Dutch military operations in Kotte. Although the education is poorly funded due to the economy, Raigman schools begin to teach Dutch as a second language. Because of the Dutch merchants in the area, Dutch Reformist begins to be sampled among a small area of the population. Wealthier native Raigamans begin to wear fancy Dutch clothes. All of this Dutch influence begins to make a small mix of culture between Raigaman (Indian culture) with Dutch culture. Samir II starts improving relations with Urdustan, Dai Viet, and Ayutthaya. Raigama is approved to join and is now part of the Indian League. So far Samir III hasn't changed much since his father's death, even though he wishes to declare the second island war.
 * Kotte: Kotte mainly increases its economy and infrastructure. A very small amount of the Kotte army are given training and weapons like the Raigaman army. King Samir also orders Kotte currency to be decommissioned. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Kotte. Population reaches 90,000. The number of rebellious citizens in Kotte continues to lower due to the Dutch military operations.
 * Nava Kotte: Nava Kotte becomes a good trade post, used in trading with Ayutthaya, Dai Viet, and Dutch colonies in Indonesia. The colony assembles a very miniscule local (non-government funded) armed force to defend the island. Although the population is very miniscule, due to the amount of Dutch merchants, a (very) small port is established on the north of the island called "Port Willem" (after the Dutch King), and is where many of the merchants reside. There is a high concentration of Dutch culture, due to migration from the less profitable Raigaman mainland.
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Constantius II, now 41, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Romania, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also, terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Dan takes notice of the new practice of terrace farming. He quickly implements a series of reforms to build many hundreds of these farms all along the Carpathians and in Bulgaria. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. Food surpluses drive down prices. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (1% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by flintlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Constantius’ son Vladimir II reaches the age of 13. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow. After years of growth the population of Dacia reaches roughly 5.13 million and rising.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Dacia to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Dacia causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav II continues growing the economy and military.
 * East Hungary: The economy and military are improved as more land becomes farmed. The Romanians bring with them the practice of terraced farming which begins to appear in Hungary. After last years uprisings a series of new laws are enacted, which weaken the property laws of native Magyars.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap garnet and quartz while also adding rubies, emeralds and other more precious gems. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
 * The Tartary: Continues expansion into Siberia up the three major rivers quite rapidly. As they expand up the rivers, some Ket, Evenki and Sakha people begin requesting for a bit more autonomy, which comes under consideration of the Tatar government. They begin discussing the issues of local rule by the tribal chiefs of the area. Meanwhile, the construction of the Church of Holy Wisdom and the Great Library of Sarai, as well as smaller churches and universities in the nation, finishes. The result is impressively large, with the two things being considered amongst the largest things in regards both to temples and libraries. The population experiences quick growth, as farming is very productive this day. The economy also expands with this and construction efforts, as well as with the displacement of Turks. Most Turks have, by now, massively spread out throughout Siberia. Most have become individual farmers in small-scale farming and logging groups, especially in the primary river basings of Siberia. Reindeer herding also becomes common. The success of this policy in both increasing the population of the Tartary, which is nearly fifteen million by now, and to develop the Siberian hinterland, leads to an attempt to continue its success with other ethnic groups. Expansion into Siberia continues at a faster pace than ever before, and the infrastructure to the east is developed. Roads are constructed in the east of the nation, especially connecting with the Volga basin; roads are also constructed in the west, and forts also continue construction. The military is expanded in the nation, in order to help enforce the national sovereignty of the nation, especially if the western Russian barbarians prove uncooperative. The Pacific fleet, seen as more important by the Grand Kurultay of the Nation, continuesbeing developed, as ten new ships begin construction. One larger ship, inspired on things heard about a Britannian warship, is comissioned; it is to be finished in 18 years' time, as planning continues. By now, the Eastern fleet  has nearly 90 ships of small scale and ten of large scale, heavily overshadowing the Black Sea fleet, that is composed of only 20 ships. This heavily improves the economy of the eastern coast of the nation, leading to big population growth and economic development, as the lumber and construction industries build up. The Oirat Khaganate continues in the vassalising process, with Mastoravism growing in the nation and economic influence of the Tartary rapidly developing. Vassailation of the Khaganate should be finished by 1645.
 * Mangut Nivkhgu: Continues territorial development. As Sakhalin has been entirely occupied by Nivkh colonists, the concentration of expansion in the region is located in the Manchu region. The sons of Mang Hangut are heavily interested in stories by their Tatar masters of the territories to their north, and they still wish to establish their "great empire in the white North". The city of Ñeƞdaqo develops its very own shipyards, with the first 20 ships being developed by the Nivkh autorities sent east, to investigate what is in the isles that close the Nivkh Sea to the Neptunic Ocean. More bananas and oranges reach the nation, and the bakers much rejoice as this means more business for their own pastries, which grow more delicious by the day. It is known that the pastries from Mangut Nivkhgu are inherently superior to those of the rest of the world, and the best and most important among all of them, the Tiger's Hand Pastry, might have begun development around this time. The rejoicing of the bakers leads to much economic activity, and the great taste of Nivkh pastry fills the national coffers with gold. The military begins to be constructed to protect the army of bakers and the coffers of the nation from any foreign incursion. Mangut Nivkhgu also develops road networks to connect itself with the rest of the Tatar empire of influence. The lemmings still have no sign of returning to the nation.
 * The Empire of Parthia: Continues its radical reformation of their nation. The road system on the Golestani coast continues to be developed, and its heavily fertile land begins to be farmed more lucratively. The Parthian population grows quite quickly as great farming is increased. A "successor" to the house of Sohae is discovered in Resht as a family tree is discovered (it is entirely possible, however, that this is a fabrication). Sohae, Parni and Suren still have no signs of appearing, and the Five Noble Houses become ever more desperate to find them. The farming on the fertile Hyrcanian coast is heavily developed. This makes the population grow quickly. Parthia is much of the source for more tropical foodstuffs in the Tatar breadbasket, and it makes Permic merchants want to buy them at very high rates. The joint military defensive policy continues to be heavily invested in by the government. Forts and railroads are constructed throughout the nation. Two new large ports are constructed to connect Tatar shipping rates to Mazandarani ones.
 * The Khanate of Khiva: Continues economic and military development. The population does not grow rapidly like in the rest of the Tartary, but does grow, as some Turks settle in the nation and some Kazakhs and Karalparak people settle down in cities. The Khivan authorities completely allow Islam full rights, but it is markedly on decline, as reported by major missionaries who show that attendance to Mastoravic temples is ever larger, and some mosques have been forced to shut down. The road system and economy are developed, as is the Khivan army.
 * The Emirate of Bukhara: Also develops its economy and military. Notably high birthrates are noted amongst the Bukhori Jews. Many Turks arrive on the nation, and begin settling down in the major cities, especially Samarkand and Tashkent, but they keep away from the Tajik regions in the centre and east of the nation. The Mastoravic faith has made many inroads into the nation, especially in the major cities; some estimates believe that up to half the population was Mastoravic, after fifty years of constant missionary work. The population quickly grows. The economy is developed through the construction of road systems with China and Khiva.
 * The Khanate of Azov: Slso continues rapid development. The cities of Ine' Fëdor-Osh and Özu-Cale become extremely large, holding large amounts of the population. The city of Bashmachka is founded in the Dnieper river by Crimean Goths, and many Tatars from the right bank of the Dnieper move to the region around the nation. The economy and military are rapidly developed, as are the fortresses of the main ports.
 * The Principality of Chernihiv: develops as well. The population shows quick growth as many Ukrainians leave to the area. However, they unwittingly bring in the Mastoravic faith and extremely heavy Tatar and Volga Uralic influences to their language. The Ukrainian language continues to diverge from standard East Slavic. The economy is developed, as is the military.
 * The Principality of Perm: Continues to develop its huge trade empire. Trade spreads as far west as Scandinavia and Europe and as far east as Mangut Nivkhgu. This leads to great economic growth. The population experiences huge growth and the economy does as well, with money flowing in in tonnes by the population. The military is also developed, as forts are constructed in the western border, and roads are constructed. The nation experiences an economic boom.
 * The Khanate of Bajkal: also experiences development. While the population is not very conductive to growth, the economy is, with many native species and Bajkal water making great rare goods for trade. The military is a lot more prestigious, because of its "seven banners" organisation. Development occurs there.
 * Roman Empire: The Roman Empire celebrates the victory over Egypt and the successful recapture of the canal and the right to possess Egypt. As such, the Empire adapts for that, and funds collected from the new canal are sent to finance the construction of the Dacian and Croatian ports as well as a Roman port at Berenice. Emperor Thomas II begins to reach the end of his life. While this is happening, discontent is still brewing amongst the nobles, and it remains to be seen what will happen once he dies. Trade continues to expand across the colonies and the mainland nation and as the province of Egypt has fallen back into the hands of the Romans the food exports help provide the Empire with enough food, reducing reliance on imports from the Tartary. This helps the population grow, typically in areas like Anatolia and Serbia. For his part in defeating the Egyptians and securing peace with the Muslims, Theodore von Chersenosos is given an Imperial Triumph back in Constantinople. Following constant reports of native raids and trouble in the southern colonies, an expedition is sent to deal with the problem. Two native states are invaded as the Romans believe them to be the origin of these raids. In this year, the Emperor Thomas II dies. His son Andronikos V takes the throne as Emperor.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the remaining Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius familiy returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasim. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to military. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by reinforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland, and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3,000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat. We ask to purchase Westenland back from France, and also offer an alliance in Africa, promising to aid them in their colonial endeavours. With their numbers dwindling in the wild, we capture a large number of aurochs from Poland to be kept in captivity. We accept the offer from Marx and begin investing in his creation. A submersible device is purchased for our navy to be tested in combat. A second colony is established in western Newfoundland and settlements on the island continue to expand. War continues against the Wolof, with siege weapons being prepared to aid our fully mobilized forces. A German-English scientist living in Berlin named Ruprecht Bayer begins researching pressure of a gas through experiments. His results are published, describing how the pressure of a gas tends to decrease as the volume of a gas increases. This discovery is known as Bayer’s Law, and becomes well known in the scientific community. Meanwhile in Trent, a scientist named Giovanni Gentili begins research into describing the resultant trajectories when objects move owing to a constant gravitational force under normal Earth-bound conditions. Gentili begins work on a series of publications in Latin, coining Gentili’s laws of motion, and Gentili’s law of universal gravitation.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: This turn is dedicated to military development. We begin rebuilding our nation’s manpower and military capabilities after the series of recent wars. Trade continues between neighboring nations and allies, as well as to our colonies in the Imperial Sea. Ship production is increased in our ports, with new shipyards and docks being constructed to facilitate larger garrisons of trade ships and military vessels. A small castle begins construction in Gdansk to protect the city and harbor.
 * Polish Imperial Isles: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Steady streams of colonists reach the island of St Stanislaus, where they will soon be sent onto the islands of St Otto and Nowy Krakow to settle
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1634, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. King Franz-Heinrich, aged 58, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with  Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Franz-Heinrich continues to attempt the propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 40% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 10,000 remaining in Saxony, and 15,000 in Thuringia. Starting in 1595, several high Saxon nobles are displaced, mostly by having their titles and lands revoked, and given out to Bavarian nobility. Franz-Heinrich declares his son, Leopold, to be his heir.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1634, Queen Isabell University continues to grow. Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Franz-Heinrich normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Duchy of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Lübeck: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Fehmarn: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Wismar: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Wismar is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Madgeburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern, reaching a population of 2100, expands this year. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. In 1595, the settlement of Bayreuth is founded in Jülichsberg in early March. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 250 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 250 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific Coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of Jülichsberg, 100 sq km southward onto the smaller island south of Katharinas-Hafen, and a final 100 sq km northward, past Jülichsberg, up the coast of mainland Borealia.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: This year marks the 100th anniversary of the Sultanate and it is quite eventful, as Sultan Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad dies and and his son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad’s coronation is held and he is the new Sultan, thus ending the rule of the Grand Council. As a result of the 100th anniversay of the Sulanate, the death of Abul Mulahlmin Ibn Nquad, and the coronation of Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad as the new Sultan, there is a massive parade in the centre of Baghdad. turn. With Sultan Abull Mulahlmin Ibn With our nation being re-established 100 years ago, there is a grand parade held in the center of Baghdad, celebrating 100 years of Manusurryian Sultanate History, and many reflect on what has happened. It all started with Aashif ibn Nuquad, who reestablished the Mansurryian Caliphate after 57 years of its collapse, and made a deal with the Ottoman (now Damascan) Sultanate to be a Sultanate rather than a Caliphate in return for an eternal alliance. In order to gain control of the Sultanate, he conducted the Great Mansurryian Purge like his grandfather, Caliph Fatih, before him. After the Purge, Sultan Aashif Ibn Nuquad implemented the Mosque Model, which built up the infrastructure and the economy of the Sultanate significantly. Later, the Safavids collapsed, and the Sultanate and the Safavids went into a Union together, were the Great Safavid Purge took place. Unfortunately, however, the Safavids revolted, and the Sultan was killed, thus sending the nation into chaos. Thus the Interim Government under the Grand Council, conducted the Second Great Mansurryian Purge and declared the six year Great Safavid War in order to avenge the Sultan. After the war, the reign of Sultan Amir began, and it was a reign of peace, with the focus of the rebuilding of the Mansurryian Sultanate and Southern Persia under the Mosque Model. After 12 years under the Mosque Model (1568-1580), the Rebuilding Era was over, and Sultan Amir focused on the economy and vassalized Oman over the period of ten years (1580-1590) and Queshm Island was vassalized within five years (1585-1590). From 1590-1595 Milh, Masirah, and Baharain was vassalized. From 1590-1600 the military and the Grand Mosque of Baghdad was being built. In 1600, the Grand Mosque of Baghdad was built up and Sultan  Abdul-MuhaiminIbn Nuquad built up the infrastructure and economy from 1600-1632. In 1622-1632, the Interim Government took over and continued the Sultan’s policies of peace, until the Aeyptian War took place (1626-1629) The Sultan’s son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad was the general of the Manssuryian force in Aegypt and the chief Mansurryian diplomat of The Treaty of Alexandria, which lead to the creation of the Red Sea Governate and the Southern Sinai Governate. Now two years later, Asim’s father has died, and Asim is the new Sultan. Because The Aegyptian War and the Treaty of Alexandria brought wealth, land, power, and glory to Manssuryia, and brought the approval and the love of his father, Sultan Asim Asad Ibn Nquad believes that having a strong military is the key to the success of the Sultanate, and thus begins a massive military build up throughout the nation and to all mainland vassals. With our 100th anniversary, we elect Sultan Abuil Mulalmin Ibn Nquad as the new leading Sultan of the UIN)
 * Southern Persia: Infrastructure build up is complete. We now go back to building up military.
 * Oman: Military build up restarts.
 * Queshm Island: Military is built up.
 * Milh: The Governor was installed one year ago during the transnational period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Implementation of the Mosque Model. Mil turn  With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593. Now that it is the year 1600, we open up our port, Milh, access will be proposed, negotiated, accepted, or declined under Mansurryian diplomacy.
 * As a result of the land exchange for Masirah and trading rights, Yemen cedes part of Yemeni Eritrea to us, consisting of OTL Djibouti, and we found the port city of New Baghdad (OTL Djibouti City) as the colony's capital. The colony of New Baghdad also includes Ali Sabielh, as a sort of inland capital to administer New Baghdad's interior, as well as a jump start point for expansion. The Colonial Governor is in charge of New Baghdad, and is met with the traditional Mansurryian welcome of the Mosque Model. (This is especially symbolic since the Mosque Model was introduced to Old Baghdad (Manssuryian Sultanate) 70 years ago. The Mosque Model works like this: Mosques are the centre of the town, and as the centre of each markets and homes are built around the mosques, thus creating towns. As new towns are created roads are created between them, thus fueling the economy. The money used from the economy boom is used to build new mosques, which makes the cycle go all over again. Other results include rise in Sunni Islam and support for the governor. A plan for a road between New Baghdad and Ali Sabieh is being worked out, as well as a plan to connect Addis Ababa, Ali Sabieh and New Baghdad. Wells, along with mosques, are constructed. We expand 50 px inland. We start trading with Romanian Somalia.
 * Southern Suez Governate: With the annexation of Sharm El Sheik and the surrounding area in Southern Suez, we set up Sharm El Sheik as the capital, and we implement the Mosque Model with the intention of it becoming a major port as well.

1635
The economy of Austria begins to show signs of issue as they are unable to support both a large navy and large army, most of the nobility opts that the Navy must be downsized as well as colonial ambition in order to keep the Army up to modern standards.

The Croatian conquest of Benin leaves the economy of Croatia stretched to the breaking point as the distance and Croatia's lack of a massive supporting navy like the great powers leaves them in difficult straits to manage the territory effectively.

'''The Massive assault of Natives led by the Mestizo tribal chief nicknamed “King Cortez” the previous year in New Spain has led to many books written about the “War of Cortez” which are spread throughout the colonial networks of Hesperian and Borealia. The book also reaches some natives via the mississippi river in Borealia.'''


 * Duchy of Hamburg: Military improvements are made during the year. In the army, improved and refine firearms are issued, with bladed weapons becoming more secondary in their face. Meanwhile, much fanfare is held, celebrating the two hundredth anniversary of the merging of the Duchy of Brunswick-Lüneburg and the City of Hamburg, and the subsequent declaration of the Duchy of Hamburg.
 * Duchy of Mecklenburg: Military expanded.
 * County of Holstein: Military expanded.
 * Duchy of Stade: Military expanded.
 * Prince-Archbishopric of Münster: Military expanded.
 * Karsland: Militia expanded.


 * Damascan Sultanate: Sulimen IV rules as Sultan, now aging at 65. Sulimen IV promotes migration to Damascus (دمشق) as it now numbers 415,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 310,000. The people continue to rally toward Islam. The Kurdistan regents begins merging into the Damascan Sultanate. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever lock guns are being replaced rapidly with Arquebuses. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 22.7 million. Karaman and Damascus become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed. Once again Mansuriyya and Damascus become some of the closest allies around the globe, not allowing anything to separate them. In the joyous occasion; Sultan Sulimen IV has a son, Sulimen V and a daughter Ablahadahla which are now 11, they are twins. We increase our relations with Urdustan, Yemen, and Mansuriyya. Light matchlock muskets are heavily in use and well advanced; designing guns that are faster, more efficient, and lighter. Jerusalem grows to 370,000.
 * Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With becoming a newly fastened vassal once again under the rule of the Damascan Sultanate, the vassal's neighbor, Dibayakir begins to become more friendly with both Karaman and Damascus. The economy is expanded, and centralization begins as Karaman now is under the protection and at the command of the Sultan. Now becoming part of the Sultanate, the vassal focuses on economically boosting themselves, as they no longer have to building a force if chance of invasion. Karaman encourages Dibayakir once again, to join Damascus.
 * Southern Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Military expands. Borders are re-inforced and patrolled. Azerbaijan after 30-35 years of Damascan influence, the region is somewhat Muslim-Turk. With the majority of the previous Orthodox Christians moving to Armenia. Azerbaijan is reaffirmed into the Damascan Sultanate. Troops are sent to re-inforce the vassal.
 * Aleppraqht (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 70,000. Economy expands.
 * Dhubab (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The port city in Yemen bought from the Romanians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy expands.
 * Cairo: With the city being taken from Aegypt, they make a deal with the Roman Empire to be given to strongest Islamic power in the area, that being the Damascan Sultanate. Economy and infrastructure expands. Cairo's population rises to 350,000. As many of the Muslims throughout Aegypt now face fealty under Roman rulership flock to the great Muslim city, in haven to be in an Islamic community. Troops in the Aegyptian war take refuge in the city while continuing and partaking in missions to finish off the small bit of resistance which Aegypt still holds. We begin constructing a port city, on the small bit of coast to be connected with Damascan proper.
 * Sinai: The desert peninsula of Sinai is very scarce in population. Although along the southern and northern tips, the people flourish, with medium sized towns, and bountiful trade routes. Economy expands with gaining Damascan trade. Oils, glass, gold, and firearms flow through the new trade routes into Aegypt.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony.
 * Mongol khanate: Mongol embargoes Wu China and sends Wu-born people to death camps.
 * Kingdom of the Ottawa: This is a good year for the Ottawa as they open up their very first weapons workshop and soon a dedicated team of blacksmiths and craftsmen are pumping out muskets, pikes, swords for the growing Ottawa army. Also a first is the importing of the Ottawa's first cannon, the peice of artillery is marveled at by the soldiers in the army and soon they are trained in its use. Seeing the use of such a weapon King Joseph orders it to go into production in the weaponsmith, with the help of European engineers they quickly get a design down for an effective and deadly carronade.  On the domestic front the Ottawa celebrate the creation of the 1st Fishing armada, spending three weeks on the Great Lakes they return with a large haul of fish to be sold within the Kingdom. Hunting continues with most of the furs collected sold to British merchants looking to make clothing. Three new settlements spring up as people leave the crowded towns to live on the quieter frontier, with the population taking a jump to 25,000 people spread within the kingdom.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.2 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment thats been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. The Spanish armed forces are increased to nearly 50,000 with the reserves to match. This only applies to Spain proper as various other military forces are around the colonies keeping the forces all manned up and ready to fight in case of conflict. The Spanish renounce all intent to attack other French colonies and are satisfied with the re-acquistion of Upper Peru and we propose a treaty to restore this territory to the Inca. The Spanish navy shows their first use of Marines. The Spanish forces put down the Wu revolt backing up its agreement with Wu. The Spaniards surprised by the Native attack in New Spain send a larger garrison of troops to help the colonials maintain their control and offer support in rebuilding.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area. The Volcano issue is solved with a large mass evacuation and a program to rebuilt the area of a decade is formulated. The eruption, however, has shown the effectiveness of Spanish and Italian troops at organizing and helping an evacuation.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 500.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overwork and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The Military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of Integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony Proper. New Spain wins a battle resoundingly against French colonial forces with both Colonial, and Inca troops performing spectacularly as the Spanish officially capture Upper Peru from the French evicting them from the territory and declaring the military action over. Alongside this the Viceroy of the colony a cadet princeling of the Spanish Habsburgs also dedicates another 5000 troops to a dedicated assault to remove natives for the Uruguay and Paraguay regions. This campaign leads to an unprecedented assault by the Natives who in a show of force unseen by any previous raids or attacks nearly 10,000 Mapuche natives across the board. The Original army of 5000 suffers extreme casualties with nearly 3500 men dieing and the remainder being forced to fight a defensive war. In a strong show of support the many Farmers, Plantation owners, and even men in general take up arms to defend the northern parts of New Spain. This massive attack is repelled long enough for the nearly 20,000 troops fresh from the war of Upper Peru to arrive sandwiching nearly 9000 natives between the two forces and wiping them out. During what is known as the war of King Cortez (with cortez being the nickname for a very proficient and well learned native chief) the term "Osea" comes about meaning "Hard as Rock" or "Strong as bone" with the former being the most used version. Osea becomes the affectionate nickname of New Spain spoken by many. King Cortez however in a show of respect surrenders the remaining 1000 of his warriors who surprisingly are nearly all mixed race Mestizos as is Cortez himself. Rather than imprison them, the Viceroy makes them swear loyalty and forms the Elite "Espadas" a unit of the most elite soldier with well versed ability as marksman, and non conventional warfare fighters. This unit is headed by a Spaniard General and Cortez himself.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
 * New Granada: The colony of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 75,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 17,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco city. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers. Taking a que from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. The Philippines send nearly 50 ships from the local fleet to support Shanghai. the Philippines declare their support for Wu and support them directly with ships.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers.
 * Chile: The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 3000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Aymara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day. The Spanish instigate a large expansionary policy of connecting Chile with New Spain in a Big way making a dedicated push across the continent. The silver mines in the area known as Potosi become legend as the most silver production in the Hesperian and Borealian continents are located here.
 * East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The three African states begin to see some contention being part of a unified entity and the royal governor seeing a potential issue begins petitioning for Spain's involvement proper to either restore order or create a solution. The EAP expands by 50 px along the coast separating two of its states.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin: The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. The Royal governor of Cochin is established in the city of Bago, the area's greatest port city and impressed with it the Hispanian governor makes it the capital of the Spanish territory of Cochin. As a militaristic governor he immediately begins plans to keep the region secure and prevent further uprising, as well as make the territory profitable for him, and keep the Spanish East India Company out of the area. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 450,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain.
 * Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that can not set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City of Dawer raises a Sepoya army of about 1000.
 * Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. The Company reports that with nothing being done in Wu to fight the rebels ramps up its forces to nearly 20,000 hiring out all pirates in the area and ramping up forces from China proper. The Defeat of the rebels officially opens up the massive markets of Wu in full to the South China Sea Company. Shanghai begins to make up the difference in profit for fighting the revolt in Wu. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 6500 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 3400 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions begin poping out as well as tobacco plantation in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). Fiji expands by 100 sq km.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE- German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%, Carthage is heavily Protected by the African fleet fearing Spanish attempts to capture the city.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * |onte: The rice and grain supplies show some strain, as the city grows more reliant on the gifts from country farmers. |onte has a growing number of farmers. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,740,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon dies. Mon X takes the head of the Eheresito hu Suida, and maintains relations with both Zimbabwe and !Xoonte. Mon X has noticed that Mon V's works in Zimbabwe can be well felt, as the higher class uses |on frequently. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intellegensia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene.
 * Tibet: Buddhist temples are CONTINUING to be built. Roads are continuing to be fixed so that travelers on the Silk Roads can easily get to our nation. Our own version of the arquebus gun is being made. Farming is our most important industry. We mine resources in our caves. We ask the people of our nation if they can help increase the population. The military is increasing due to new TRAINING that has been made. This new TRAINING is line infantry training with marching aspects. The military is BECOMING bigger due to new tech and more people joining. We ask Uighur, Si Chuan, and Yun Nan for an alliance. We open our borders to let Chinese people in. We allow people to practice Confucius. Trading goes well with the Chinese.
 * Nepal: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chutiya: We build up our military and economy.
 * Shan States: We build up our military and economy.
 * Tsardom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its economy. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Tsar. The Tsar issues an organizational reform, hoping to effectively improve the administrative divisions and making sure that the power of the nobility is finally obliterated. The Tsar orders a reform of the military as the war casualties in the last war prove that it is slowly becoming outdated. Britannic and French assistance in the reform is politely requested. Britannic assistance is also asked with a newly-induced naval reform. With the economic crisis, the Tsar searches for ways to relief his nation, however the sudden drop of popularity allows his son Juraj II. to force his father to abdicate. He is crowned as Juraj I. and marries Clara of Hungary. Quickly deposing her father who has come to be quite old, he also crowns himself as the now King of Western Hungary, also under the name of Juraj I. The influx of new resources from is expected to aid. However, the Tsar recalls the issue of the war against Austria, before Croatia became a Tsardom and makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation of the worth of gold. Finally, after a long discussion with the Sabor, the Tsar issues that the Royal and National treasury of Croatia shall be divided in order to assure that no Tsar can damage the economy by spending ludacris amounts.
 * Croatian Kingdom of Western Hungary: The Knyazdom's economy is primarily expanded. Because of the demographic issues caused by the war, numerous male Croats migrate to Hungary to balance as well as nobles from the Gorjanski family. The crowning of King Juraj I. is an event both joyful and terrifying. As the King put the Crown of Hungary on his head, it is said that the Holy Right of Stephen began rotting. Many Hungarians mark this as the begining of the end of Hungary. The Tsar and King however uses this to pull Hungary even closer to Croatia.
 * Croatian Knyazdom of Dahomey: A member of the African royal house of Aladaxanou is put on the throne as Ahosu of Dahomey, although having his power limited by the Ban of Dahomey. However, the Knyazdom of Dahomey gains a representative in the Croatian Sabor in order for an illusion of power. Moreover, the natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Vorlayacor: The army continues its training in firearms, volleys and guerrilla-based defensive tactics. Roads are modernized and expanded along the coast to accommodate the growing production of goods and crops from the interior. Coastal ports are expanded as well; Azir commissions designers and mathematicians to create a Vorlayacoran galleon.
 * Ming China: The Chinese continue expanding their military.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy, a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. War plans in Borealia are put on indefinite hold as political and economic tensions ease with Scandinavia. Britannic assistance to Croatia in the reforms is permitted. The Empire inacts a new series of reforms designed to better govern the numerous holdings of the Empire. Ships are moved toward Siam.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * New Dublin: Continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newpaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand.
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Local support is slowly gaining ground. The Oyo territories are rolled into Ghana.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives to Port William at the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises.
 * L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area.
 * Raigama: Military, economy, navy, and infrastructure improve slowly. The black market is slowly fading, and the Raigaman economy is almost fully restored, but it is still very delicate and unstable. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Raigama. Due to the removal of the edict in 1618, the economy and black market start slowly crawling back to its previous state. Samir III orders that all official affairs to be handled in the more reliable Dutch Guilder. The king also orders Rajakaas to be officially decommissioned and removed (melted). A decent amount of the army are equipped with old Dutch/western weapons and a few cannons given to them over the years. A large portion of the army also have Dutch military training, and the number continues to go up. Population increases, and reaches 450,000. The navy is ordered to explore more around India and Indonesia. King Samir III continues to allow the building of naval bases and trade posts in Raigama. Samir III also supports the Dutch military operations in Kotte. Although the education is poorly funded, Raigman schools begin to teach Dutch as a second language. Because of the Dutch merchants in the area, Dutch Reformist begins to be sampled among a small area of the population. Wealthier native Raigamans begin to wear fancy Dutch clothes. All of this Dutch influence begins to make a small mix of culture between Raigaman (Indian culture) with Dutch culture. Samir II starts improving relations with Urdustan, Dai Viet, and Ayutthaya. Raigama is approved to join and is now part of the Indian League. Some small and expensive (non-government funded) private schools are appearing in major cities of the country, that teach western mathematics and sciences. Some upper-class Raigamans get education at these facilities. Samir III and his advisors officially declare Jaffna an enemy of the state and embargo them, they ask Urdustan and other nations of the Indian League to do the same (NOTE: This is not a declaration of war). Samir III also mentions his plans to the public to create a government funded university in the capital.
 * Kotte: Kotte mainly increases its economy and infrastructure. The Raigaman and Kottan armies are similar, and pretty much integrated. King Samir also orders Kotte currency to be decommissioned. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Kotte. Population reaches 90,000. The number of rebellious citizens in Kotte continues to lower due to the Dutch military operations.
 * Nava Kotte: Nava Kotte becomes a good trade post, used in trading with Ayutthaya, Dai Viet, and Dutch colonies in Indonesia. The colony assembles a very miniscule local (non-government funded) armed force to defend the island. Although the population is very miniscule, due to the amount of Dutch merchants, a (very) small port is established on the north of the island called "Port Willem" (after the Dutch King), and is where many of the merchants reside. There is a high concentration of Dutch culture, due to migration from the less profitable Raigaman mainland.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: The nation improves its military, constructing dozens of large war canoes and several small transport ships on Gichigamee, and innovation not yet seen on this body of water. Work on an oceanic navy alos continues, but slowly, as ever. Basques continue to arrive, as the prospect of free land and a more pleasant climate offers major improvements over Greenland. Disaffected Livonians also arrive, settling mainly along the coast. As pre-existing groups of these ethnicities now exist, immigrants feel more comfortable and arrive in larger numbers. The new immigrants greatly enjoy cassina, and continue to be interested in exporting it to Europe. Iron mining accelerates, and arquebuses are still produced. They remain crude. A new version of syncreticism, the Church of the Reindeer, or the Church of Tuktu, becomes increasingly popular in the interior, with priests advocating the existence of a God but encouraging the worship of subsidiary, animist-style spirits (similar to OTL voodoo). Concern over the control of trade with the Mississipia basin by the Twightee, who refused to join the League, grows, and a proposal to the league of Gichigamee is made to act to rectify this situation. (Mod Response)
 * Nemaska: Nemaska's population spikes as Basques and Livonians settle in the area, bringing new industries and skills. The military improves. Nhu Euskadi expands.
 * Chisasibi: The military is improved, while new roads are built to connect Chisasibi to the rest of the nation. Port facilities also improve.
 * Gojijiwininag: Now vassalized, Gojijiwininag works to improve its military.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: This year marks the 100th anniversary of the Sultanate and it is quite eventful, as Sultan Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad dies and and his son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad’s coronation is held and he is the new Sultan, thus ending the rule of the Grand Council. As a result of the 100th anniversay of the Sulanate, the death of Abul Mulahlmin Ibn Nquad, and the coronation of Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad as the new Sultan, there is a massive parade in the centre of Baghdad. turn. With Sultan Abull Mulahlmin Ibn With our nation being re-established 100 years ago, there is a grand parade held in the center of Baghdad, celebrating 100 years of Manusurryian Sultanate History, and many reflect on what has happened. It all started with Aashif ibn Nuquad, who reestablished the Mansurryian Caliphate after 57 years of its collapse, and made a deal with the Ottoman (now Damascan) Sultanate to be a Sultanate rather than a Caliphate in return for an eternal alliance. In order to gain control of the Sultanate, he conducted the Great Mansurryian Purge like his grandfather, Caliph Fatih, before him. After the Purge, Sultan Aashif Ibn Nuquad implemented the Mosque Model, which built up the infrastructure and the economy of the Sultanate significantly. Later, the Safavids collapsed, and the Sultanate and the Safavids went into a Union together, were the Great Safavid Purge took place. Unfortunately, however, the Safavids revolted, and the Sultan was killed, thus sending the nation into chaos. Thus the Interim Government under the Grand Council, conducted the Second Great Mansurryian Purge and declared the six year Great Safavid War in order to avenge the Sultan. After the war, the reign of Sultan Amir began, and it was a reign of peace, with the focus of the rebuilding of the Mansurryian Sultanate and Southern Persia under the Mosque Model. After 12 years under the Mosque Model (1568-1580), the Rebuilding Era was over, and Sultan Amir focused on the economy and vassalized Oman over the period of ten years (1580-1590) and Queshm Island was vassalized within five years (1585-1590). From 1590-1595 Milh, Masirah, and Baharain was vassalized. From 1590-1600 the military and the Grand Mosque of Baghdad was being built. In 1600, the Grand Mosque of Baghdad was built up and Sultan  Abdul-MuhaiminIbn Nuquad built up the infrastructure and economy from 1600-1632. In 1622-1632, the Interim Government took over and continued the Sultan’s policies of peace, until the Aeyptian War took place (1626-1629) The Sultan’s son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad was the general of the Manssuryian force in Aegypt and the chief Mansurryian diplomat of The Treaty of Alexandria, which lead to the creation of the Red Sea Governate and the Southern Sinai Governate. Now two years later, Asim’s father has died, and Asim is the new Sultan. Because The Aegyptian War and the Treaty of Alexandria brought wealth, land, power, and glory to Manssuryia, and brought the approval and the love of his father, Sultan Asim Asad Ibn Nquad believes that having a strong military is the key to the success of the Sultanate, and thus begins a massive military build up throughout the nation and to all mainland vassals. With our 100th anniversary, we elect Sultan Abuil Mulalmin Ibn Nquad as the new leading Sultan of the UIN)
 * Southern Persia: Infrastructure build up is complete. We now go back to building up military.
 * Oman: Military build up restarts.
 * Queshm Island: Military is built up.
 * Milh: The Governor was installed one year ago during the transnational period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Implementation of the Mosque Model. Mil turn  With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593. Now that it is the year 1600, we open up our port, Milh, access will be proposed, negotiated, accepted, or declined under Mansurryian diplomacy.
 * As a result of the land exchange for Masirah and trading rights, Yemen cedes part of Yemeni Eritrea to us, consisting of OTL Djibouti, and we found the port city of New Baghdad (OTL Djibouti City) as the colony's capital. The colony of New Baghdad also includes Ali Sabielh, as a sort of inland capital to administer New Baghdad's interior, as well as a jump start point for expansion. The Colonial Governor is in charge of New Baghdad, and is met with the traditional Mansurryian welcome of the Mosque Model. (This is especially symbolic since the Mosque Model was introduced to Old Baghdad (Manssuryian Sultanate) 70 years ago. The Mosque Model works like this: Mosques are the centre of the town, and as the centre of each markets and homes are built around the mosques, thus creating towns. As new towns are created roads are created between them, thus fueling the economy. The money used from the economy boom is used to build new mosques, which makes the cycle go all over again. Other results include rise in Sunni Islam and support for the governor. A plan for a road between New Baghdad and Ali Sabieh is being worked out, as well as a plan to connect Addis Ababa, Ali Sabieh and New Baghdad. Wells, along with mosques, are constructed. We expand 50 px inland. We start trading with Romanian Somalia.
 * Southern Suez Governate: With the annexation of Sharm El Sheik and the surrounding area in Southern Suez, we set up Sharm El Sheik as the capital, and we implement the Mosque Model with the intention of it becoming a major port as well.
 * County of Oldenburg: With Austria putting in a concerted effort to colonise Neu Juist (Newfoundland), the Regency Council decides to act so that Oldenburger interests on the island are not lost forever. A group of seventy colonists arrive on the Northernmost tip of Newfoundland and establish an Oldenburger colony known as Neu Juist. The new Governor claims the entire Northern Peninsula for Oldenburg. Regent Mary appoints her son Richard to the title of "Lord of Neu Juist". Like the lord of Neu Norderney, the title is effectively heriditary governor. Nothing much else occurs.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: A new observatory is added to the university.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1635, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. King Franz-Heinrich, aged 58, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with  Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Franz-Heinrich continues to attempt the propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 40% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 10,000 remaining in Saxony, and 15,000 in Thuringia. Starting in 1595, several high Saxon nobles are displaced, mostly by having their titles and lands revoked, and given out to Bavarian nobility. Franz-Heinrich declares his son, Leopold, to be his heir.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1635, Queen Isabell University continues to grow. Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Franz-Heinrich normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Duchy of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Lübeck: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Fehmarn: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Wismar: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Wismar is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Madgeburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern, reaching a population of 2100, expands this year. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. In 1595, the settlement of Bayreuth is founded in Jülichsberg in early March. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 250 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 250 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific Coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of Jülichsberg, 100 sq km southward onto the smaller island south of Katharinas-Hafen, and a final 100 sq km northward, past Jülichsberg, up the coast of mainland Borealia. The militias and shops are developed.
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Constantius II, now 42, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Romania, as well as the trade from Somalia. Mines continue to expand within the Carpathians and now the Balkans mountain ranges. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also, terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Dan takes notice of the new practice of terrace farming. He quickly implements a series of reforms to build many hundreds of these farms all along the Carpathians and in Bulgaria. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. Food surpluses drive down prices. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (1% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by flintlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Constantius’ son Vladimir II reaches the age of 14. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow. After years of growth the population of Dacia reaches roughly 5.18 million and rising.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Dacia to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Dacia causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav II continues growing the economy and military.
 * East Hungary: The economy and military are improved as more land becomes farmed. The Romanians bring with them the practice of terraced farming which begins to appear in Hungary. Many of the Magyar noble families are forced to marry into Romanian houses to retain their lands, otherwise it will be sold off to Romanian immigrants.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap garnet and quartz while also adding rubies, emeralds and other more precious gems. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Military, navy and economy improve. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 2,700,000. Qusqo is currently the largest city, (110,000), followed by Peru (67,000), Machu Picchu (64,000), Chimu (39,000) and Sican (36,000) and New Burgandy (33,000). The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Cava hits the age of 24 while Apeac II hits age 19. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (410,000), Hurin Qosquo (266,000), Hurin Nazca (110,000), Wanka (109,000), Hanan Nazca (102,000), Hurin Chimor (98,000), Anti Chimo, (90,000), Aymara (66,000), Willkapampa (45,000), and La Paz (28,000). The four quarters, orSuyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu  (755,000),  Chimor Suyu (168,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Representing the large German minority, city with the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr and the Zapotec begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationalist movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier. Having received ships from Spain, the Inca Navy is formed and the First Fleet of the Inca is christened. We thank Spain for the loan and we begin to reconstruct Hurin Nazca. "The Great Plague" makes a re-emergence in the Eastern and Western most districts, stunning growth outside of Cuzco Suyu. With the Death of Apeac the First, his son takes the throne. Within a year of taking the throne, he proves himself to be a radical. One of his first actions is to enact the Qosqo Codes, four new codes that serve as a new standard of laws within the Empire. The first code creates a limited parliament, giving votes only to those who live in the Golden Cities. This new parliament can also only suggest laws, of which the Sapa Inca can reject. The second code creates the first university in the Inca Empire, the University of Hanan Qosqo. The third code officially passes the Laws of Succession which were drafted years ago. The fourth and final code sets up the standardized Inca Census organization, a government-funded body that deals with managing population growth and conducting the census. With the acquisition of the Northern territories, they are divided into two different nations under the Inca: Collaquimbaya and Hanan Peru. As agreed at the end of the war, we work to meet France's quota of gold and other resources.
 * Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 400,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Military, navy and economy improve. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 50,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 35,000.
 * Collaquimbaya: With the Inca acquisition of the territory,  a new government in established. Military and Economy improve as work on irrigation and agriculture begins. An emphasis is placed on making use of the territories minerals. Population stands at 10,000.
 * Hanan Peru: With the acquisition of the territory, the Inca establish a new government. Miltiary navy and economy improve as work on irrigation and agriculture begins. An emphasis is placed on making use of the Territories minerals. Population stands at roughly 500,000.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to economy. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by reinforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland, and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3,000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat. We ask to purchase Westenland back from France, and also offer an alliance in Africa, promising to aid them in their colonial endeavours. With their numbers dwindling in the wild, we capture a large number of aurochs from Poland to be kept in captivity. We accept the offer from Marx and begin investing in his creation. A submersible device is purchased for our navy to be tested in combat. A second colony is established in western Newfoundland and settlements on the island continue to expand. The Imperial Society is officially formed and scientists from across Europe are invited. Research into scientific fields continues.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: This turn is dedicated to military development. We begin rebuilding our nation’s manpower and military capabilities after the series of recent wars. Trade continues between neighboring nations and allies, as well as to our colonies in the Imperial Sea. Ship production is increased in our ports, with new shipyards and docks being constructed to facilitate larger garrisons of trade ships and military vessels. A small castle begins construction in Gdansk to protect the city and harbor.
 * Polish Imperial Isles: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Steady streams of colonists reach the island of St Stanislaus, where they will soon be sent onto the islands of St Otto and Nowy Krakow to settle.
 * Roman Empire: The Roman Empire celebrates the victory over Egypt and the successful recapture of the canal and the right to possess Egypt. As such, the Empire adapts for that, and funds collected from the new canal are sent to finance the construction of the Dacian and Croatian ports as well as a Roman port at Berenice. Emperor Thomas II begins to reach the end of his life. While this is happening, discontent is still brewing amongst the nobles, and it remains to be seen what will happen once he dies. Trade continues to expand across the colonies and the mainland nation and as the province of Egypt has fallen back into the hands of the Romans the food exports help provide the Empire with enough food, reducing reliance on imports from the Tartary. This helps the population grow, typically in areas like Anatolia and Serbia. For his part in defeating the Egyptians and securing peace with the Muslims, Theodore von Chersenosos is given an Imperial Triumph back in Constantinople. Following constant reports of native raids and trouble in the southern colonies, an expedition is sent to deal with the problem. Two native states are invaded as the Romans believe them to be the origin of these raids. In this year, the Emperor Thomas II dies. His son Andronikos V takes the throne as Emperor. Two years into his reign, Andronikos V faces a major problem. Discontented nobles, angry at his lackluster performance as Emperor, stage a coup while meeting the Emperor in his palace. Cut off from his troops, he has no choice but to give in to their demands. These demands namely include a restoration of the Imperial Senate along with representation of the minority groups in the Empire. The tension rises when the representation of the Greek areas of the country falls into doubt, but the issue is resolved without major bloodshed, although some battles are fought by revolutionary and reactionary forces. The new reforms are cemented when popular general Theodore von Chersenosos backs the revolutionaries and supports the creation of the Senate. He is soon elected Consul of the Roman Empire, and sets into place the proper reforms, namely the reorganization of Greek adminstration, the reforms of the military, and the represenation of the minorities. Thanks to his support, the violence is short lived.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the remaining Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius familiy returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasim. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time.
 * In Pskov: more water wheels start to appear, and more farmers, not happy that they are producing excess food, instead of producing excess food, begin producing a crop they can sell in the fields where excess food is growing, namely, flax seed, the main ingredient in linen cloth. Pskov's population continually grows along with its GDP and average wages, as Russia (and possibly Eastern Europe)'s largest city continues its economic golden age. In thanks for the help with conquest of Maputo, Narva receives this year's shipment of ships for free, financed by the Pskovian government. Also, 5% of all the gold mined in Zlatobrezhie. The Scientists in Pskov continue their research, and some begin to speculate and try to figure out what this "action at a distance" is that keeps planets in orbit of the sun, and moons orbiting planets and so on and so forth. Meanwhile, the Bank of Pskov grows larger, and starts giving out new bills, with signatures of the Bank Head and Deputy bank head at the time of print (which is also written on the bill) to prevent counterfeit. Printing methods are approved and Pskov continues to be the intellectual and cultural center of Russia, while also being its largest city. The Academy of Pskov begins more research with microscopes. Elena Mikhailovna Kondratieva becomes more and more involved into politics, even having a large block of voters on her side. He becomes known over the course of the year as a charismatic mediator, and, despite her gender, becomes quite a respected politician, originaly almost disenfanchised by fact of being a woman, she quickly becomes a prominent member of the Veche. Some people look forward to hering her speak. The book: History of Early Colonialism becomes popular and printers in Pskov begin to translate and publish the tome into Russian.
 * ​The Republic of Narva: Continues its military growth. The Riigikogu Passes legislation hiring Pskovian Guards to temporarily remain as the nation's military force. Some Pskovian Merchants set up shop in Narva, and begin selling their products. However, some very oportunistic ones begin setting up not simply markets, but hiring and moving some of their staff to Narva to help with the development of production. Meanwhile, the efficiency of farming continues to grow as Pskovian methods are imported. Culture begins to grow as well, as some questionists continue to spread their works. The Knyaz-Namestnik Volkov, with the approval of the Riigikogu, Crowns himself the First Vurst of Narva, and officially changes his Surname to Huntide (meaning "of Wolves" in Estonian); and establishes House Huntide.
 * The Pskov Imperial Company (PIC): Continues its trading, stock exchanging, and overall richer getting while simultaneously building more ships and growing the shipyard-town of Novoprussiysk. The PIC moves in to trade with many nations, opening branches wherever it can. Meanwhile, some trade expeditions are sent around Africa to China and Japan, to attempt to establish some sort of diplomatic and trade relationships with the mysterious nations of the far east (to whom they have a monopoly, excluding land routes). Any Indian nation asked the right to establish trade with minimal tariff, and so are certain Indochinese nations and Indonesian nations.
 * The PIC Possession of Zlatobrezhie: The First Locals who learn the Russian language are offered positions in lower management (that deal directly with the Zlatobrezhian people). More Missionaries are sent to Zlatobrezhie in order to christianize the people, and first and foremost christen the rebels. The Bishop of Pskov gives leave to Father Gabriel Zuganov to go and lead the Misson in Zlatobrezhie, and establish the first cathedral in the capital of Sofala. Some missionaries use local help of converts to build makeshift churches in which they perform sacraments and preach to the locals about Christ and Salvation. Nobles, however, that refuse outright christianization, have their lands confiscated, and those who resist even further are shot in "Self-Defence" (although most people know it was a summary execution). More judges come here from Pskov, and Courts are set up in each Lieutenant-Namesnicheski (provincial) capital. Hearings are announced in order to compile a judicial code, that would combine Pskovian law (for the most part), with some local traditions, and laws, woven into it. The first Rysybank branch opens this year, and is used to store most gold bullion. The Mint of Sofala is comissioned by the Grand Prince of Pskov, and as such begins construction in the city. The local populace is encouraged to Learn Russian, and so they do, with some merchants (mostly wealthless ones) sometimes made examples of near the ports. An academy that existed in the Capital is transformed into the first Russain-Language academy in Africa.

1636
In Rome, Pope Sixtus IV dies, and in the subsequent conclave, the Genoese Giovanni Doria is elected Pope, taking the papal name of Nicholas VI.

'''The Torres Strait exiles who fled to the Queensland coast of the Gulf of Carpenteria have established three small tribal states. Using their superior weaponry, the newcomers subjugate the local indigenous population and introduce banana farming.'''


 * Duchy of Hamburg: Economic improvements are made. Agriculture sees a boom as new techniques improve output. With the national surplus on crops growing, they become a growing export in Hamburg's economy.
 * Duchy of Mecklenburg: Economy expanded.
 * County of Holstein: Economy expanded.
 * Duchy of Stade: Economy expanded.
 * Prince-Archbishopric of Münster: Economy expanded.
 * Karsland: Economy expanded. Colony expands 20 px inland.
 * Neu Braunschweig: Economy expanded. Colony expands 20 px.


 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony.
 * |onte: The rice and grain supplies show some strain, as the city grows more reliant on the gifts from country farmers. |onte has a growing number of farmers. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,770,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon dies. Mon X takes the head of the Eheresito hu Suida, and maintains relations with both Zimbabwe and !Xoonte. Mon X has noticed that Mon V's works in Zimbabwe can be well felt, as the higher class uses |on frequently. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intellegensia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene.
 * Kingdom of the Ottawa: The Kingdom continues to prosper as new towns and villages pop up everyday with the total population hitting 30,000 people. Meanwhile, inspired by their success on the Great Lakes a group of Ottawa businessmen organize an expedition to whale in the Northern Atlantic. The expedition leaves and returns several months later, loaded with their catch. The corpses are cut up and used for various purposes within the Kingdom, with most being traded to the nearby tribals. As a result of this expedition, whale oil is discovered and soon a whole market is created for the sale and production of whale oil. However most of it is used in a very primitive manner, being restricted to uses in cooking and heating. Meanwhile, King Joseph makes overtures to the neighboring Petun tribe, offering them saftey and prosperity within the Kingdom of the Ottawa, the Petun refuse King Jospeh's offer leading to a rise in tensions between the Kingdom and the tribe. A determined attack by traditionalist bandits strikes a small trade town with the Ottawa Army suffering heavy casualties but in the end the bandits are beaten back by the soldiers.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 6500 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 3400 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans  Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue poping out and growing as well as tobacco plantation in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). Fiji expands by 100 sq km.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE- German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * Scandinavian Empire: Tensions rise as the line become classes in the Scandinavian Empire continues to become clear. The ruling classes in Sweden become an enemy of their own people. The House of Griffins covertly works with the lower classes in Norway. It seems as if Sweden is outnumbered. Riots in Stockholm, Oslo, and Copenhagen begin. King John II, enraged at the rioters, orders his men to open fire on the protestors, killing 24 people before the crowd disperses. Troops are dispatched to Oslo and Copenhagen. The House of Bjelbo, fearful of confrontation with Halvar forces, attempt to quell the riots quickly before Swedish forces arrive in Norway. Unwilling to fire on the crowds, Norwegian troops fire into the air near the Norwegian Royal Hall. The crowds are scared off. By the time Halvar forces arrive in Oslo, the riots have been more-or-less quelled. They return to Stockholm, taking credit for the quelling of the riots in Norway. The Danish troops, however, will not stand for Swedish aggression any longer. In a daring move, the Danish 4th regiment in Copenhagen and part of the 2nd Fleet block the harbor of Copenhagen and state that the situation is under control. Known as the Øresund Crisis, a standoff in the waters of Copenhagen lasts for almost a week, the Swedish forces finally standing down when Denmark states that they will handle the situation themselves. The angry royal houses of Denmark and Norway hold the Conclave of Læsø is held in September. The Conclave decides upon an ultimatum. This ultimatum, called the Esbjerg Ultimatum, is still being drafted as of December 31 of this year. In the meantime, the economy of Scandinavia and her vassals continues to recover.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: The nation improves its military, constructing dozens of large war canoes and several small transport ships on Gichigamee, and innovation not yet seen on this body of water. Work on an oceanic navy alos continues, but slowly, as ever. Basques continue to arrive, as the prospect of free land and a more pleasant climate offers major improvements over Greenland. Disaffected Livonians also arrive, settling mainly along the coast. As pre-existing groups of these ethnicities now exist, immigrants feel more comfortable and arrive in larger numbers. The new immigrants greatly enjoy cassina, and continue to be interested in exporting it to Europe. Iron mining accelerates, and arquebuses are still produced. They remain crude. The Church of Tuktu begins to gain adherents among recent European immigrants, with Basque and Livonian mythology being mixed in to the already thick stew of religious influences. Meanwhile, the Nehialw declare war on the Twightee in support of the League, sending its already-mobilized forces south with siege equipment. Transported via the newly built war cnaoes on Gichigamee, 7000 men are landed agaisnt the Twightee, while the Asinaabeg and Potawatomi provide 5000 each.
 * Nemaska: Nemaska's population spikes as Basques and Livonians settle in the area, bringing new industries and skills. War is declared on the Twightee, with 1500 men being sent, including newly recruited Basques.
 * Chisasibi: The military is improved, while new roads are built to connect Chisasibi to the rest of the nation. Port facilities also improve. War is declared on the Twightee. 1500 troops are sent.
 * Gojijiwininag: Now vassalized, Gojijiwininag works to improve its military.
 * Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand their military.
 * Tibet: Buddhist temples are CONTINUING to be built. Roads are continuing to be fixed so that travelers on the Silk Roads can easily get to our nation. Our own version of the arquebus gun is being made. Farming is our most important industry. We mine resources in our caves. We ask the people of our nation if they can help increase the population. The military is increasing due to new TRAINING that has been made. This new TRAINING is line infantry training with marching aspects. The military is BECOMING bigger due to new tech and more people joining. We ask Uighur, Si Chuan, and Yun Nan for an alliance. We open our borders to let Chinese people in. We allow people to practice Confucius. Trading goes well with the Chinese.
 * Nepal: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chutiya: We build up our military and economy.
 * Shan States: We build up our military and economy.
 * Vorlayacor: Construction commences on two galleons. The military continues its training in flanking the opponent and utilizing the jungle for full defensive capability. Nov Xoryan's population surpasses 100,000 people while Machitonis' sits at 90,000. Both cities have drastically improved their image;  Machitonis, intertwined with trees and rivers, is known as the City of the Jungle.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Military, navy and economy improve. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 2,800,000. Qusqo is currently the largest city, (160,000), followed by Peru (67,000), Machu Picchu (64,000), Chimu (39,000) and Sican (36,000) and New Burgandy (33,000). The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Cava hits the age of 24 while Apeac II hits age 19. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (410,000), Hurin Qosquo (266,000), Hurin Nazca (110,000), Wanka (109,000), Hanan Nazca (102,000), Hurin Chimor (98,000), Anti Chimo, (90,000), Aymara (66,000), Willkapampa (45,000), and La Paz (28,000). The four quarters, orSuyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu  (755,000),  Chimor Suyu (168,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Representing the large German minority, city with the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr and the Zapotec begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationalist movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier. Having received ships from Spain, the Inca Navy is formed and the First Fleet of the Inca is christened. We thank Spain for the loan and we begin to reconstruct Hurin Nazca. "The Great Plague" makes a re-emergence in the Eastern and Western most districts, stunning growth outside of Cuzco Suyu. With the Death of Apeac the First, his son takes the throne. Within a year of taking the throne, he proves himself to be a radical. One of his first actions is to enact the Qosqo Codes, four new codes that serve as a new standard of laws within the Empire. The first code creates a limited parliament, giving votes only to those who live in the Golden Cities. This new parliament can also only suggest laws, of which the Sapa Inca can reject. The second code creates the first university in the Inca Empire, the University of Hanan Qosqo. The third code officially passes the Laws of Succession which were drafted years ago. The fourth and final code sets up the standardized Inca Census organization, a government-funded body that deals with managing population growth and conducting the census. With the acquisition of the Northern territories, they are divided into two different nations under the Inca: Collaquimbaya and Hanan Peru. As agreed at the end of the war, we work to meet France's quota of gold and other resources.
 * Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 400,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Military, navy and economy improve. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 50,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 35,000.
 * Collaquimbaya: With the Inca acquisition of the territory,  a new government in established. Military and Economy improve as work on irrigation and agriculture begins. An emphasis is placed on making use of the territories minerals. Population stands at 10,000. The capital is set to be built by 1645 and is to be Called Apec.
 * Hanan Peru: With the acquisition of the territory, the Inca establish a new government. Miltiary navy and economy improve as work on irrigation and agriculture begins. An emphasis is placed on making use of the Territories minerals. Population stands at roughly 500,000. The capital is set as Chan Chan, with a population of 60,000.
 * Raigama: Military, economy, navy, and infrastructure improve slowly. The black market is slowly fading, and the Raigaman economy is almost fully restored, but it is still very delicate and unstable. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Raigama. Due to the removal of the edict in 1618, the economy and black market start slowly crawling back to its previous state. Samir III orders that all official affairs to be handled in the more reliable Dutch Guilder. The king also orders Rajakaas to be officially decommissioned and removed (melted). A decent amount of the army are equipped with old Dutch/western weapons and a few cannons given to them over the years. A large portion of the army also have Dutch military training, and the number continues to go up. Population increases, and reaches 450,000. The navy is ordered to explore more around India and Indonesia. King Samir III continues to allow the building of naval bases and trade posts in Raigama. Samir III also supports the Dutch military operations in Kotte. Although the education is poorly funded, Raigman schools begin to teach Dutch as a second language. Because of the Dutch merchants in the area, Dutch Reformist begins to be sampled among a small area of the population. Wealthier native Raigamans begin to wear fancy Dutch clothes. All of this Dutch influence begins to make a small mix of culture between Raigaman (Indian culture) with Dutch culture. Samir II starts improving relations with Urdustan, Dai Viet, and Ayutthaya. Raigama is approved to join and is now part of the Indian League. Some small and expensive (non-government funded) private schools are appearing in major cities of the country, that teach western mathematics and sciences. Some upper-class Raigamans get education at these facilities. Samir III and his advisors officially declare Jaffna an enemy of the state and embargo them, they ask Urdustan and other nations of the Indian League to do the same (NOTE: This is not a declaration of war). Samir III also mentions his plans to the public to create a government funded university in the capital.
 * Kotte: Kotte mainly increases its economy and infrastructure. The Raigaman and Kottan armies are similar, and pretty much integrated. King Samir also orders Kotte currency to be decommissioned. Dutch architecture and infrastructure continue to influence Kotte. Population reaches 90,000. The number of rebellious citizens in Kotte continues to lower due to the Dutch military operations.
 * Nava Kotte: Nava Kotte becomes a good trade post, used in trading with Ayutthaya, Dai Viet, and Dutch colonies in Indonesia. The colony assembles a very miniscule local (non-government funded) armed force to defend the island. Although the population is very miniscule, due to the amount of Dutch merchants, a (very) small port is established on the north of the island called "Port Willem" (after the Dutch King), and is where many of the merchants reside. There is a high concentration of Dutch culture, due to migration from the less profitable Raigaman mainland.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.2 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment thats been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. The Spanish navy continues to revamp removing older ships from the fleet and selling them off. The Spanish fleet exploits the absense of the Austrian fleet moving nearly 100 ships in the medditerenean off the coast of Austria.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area. The Volcano issue is solved with a large mass evacuation and a program to rebuilt the area of a decade is formulated. The eruption, however, has shown the effectiveness of Spanish and Italian troops at organizing and helping an evacuation.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 500.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overwork and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The Military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of Integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony Proper. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 1.6 million and growing.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
 * New Granada: The colony of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 75,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 17,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco city. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers. Taking a que from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. The Philippines send nearly 50 ships from the local fleet to support Shanghai. the Philippines declare their support for Wu and support them directly with ships.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers.
 * Chile: The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 3000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Aymara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day. The Spanish instigate a large expansionary policy of connecting Chile with New Spain in a Big way making a dedicated push across the continent. The silver mines in the area known as Potosi become legend as the most silver production in the Hesperian and Borealian continents are located here.
 * East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The three African states begin to see some contention being part of a unified entity and the royal governor seeing a potential issue begins petitioning for Spain's involvement proper to either restore order or create a solution. The EAP expands by 50 px along the coast separating two of its states.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin: The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. The Royal governor of Cochin is established in the city of Bago, the area's greatest port city and impressed with it the Hispanian governor makes it the capital of the Spanish territory of Cochin. As a militaristic governor he immediately begins plans to keep the region secure and prevent further uprising, as well as make the territory profitable for him, and keep the Spanish East India Company out of the area. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 450,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain.
 * Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that can not set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City of Dawer raises a Sepoya army of about 1000.
 * Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. The Company reports that with nothing being done in Wu to fight the rebels ramps up its forces to nearly 20,000 hiring out all pirates in the area and ramping up forces from China proper. The Defeat of the rebels officially opens up the massive markets of Wu in full to the South China Sea Company. Shanghai begins to make up the difference in profit for fighting the revolt in Wu. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it.
 * Tsardom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its military. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Tsar. The Tsar issues an organizational reform, hoping to effectively improve the administrative divisions and making sure that the power of the nobility is finally obliterated. The Tsar orders a reform of the military as the war casualties in the last war prove that it is slowly becoming outdated. Britannic and French assistance in the reform is politely requested. Britannic assistance is also asked with a newly-induced naval reform. With the economic crisis, the Tsar searches for ways to relief his nation. The influx of new resources from is expected to aid. However, the Tsar recalls the issue of the war against Austria, before Croatia became a Tsardom and makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation of the worth of gold.
 * Croatian Kingdom of Western Hungary: The Knyazdom's military is primarily expanded. The nations is brought closer to the Tsardom.
 * Croatian Knyazdom of Dahomey: The military is primarily developed. The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * In Pskov, more water wheels start to appear, and more farmers, not happy that they are producing excess food, instead of producing excess food, begin producing a crop they can sell in the fields where excess food is growing, namely, flax seed, the main ingredient in linen cloth. Pskov's population continually grows along with its GDP and average wages, as Russia (and possibly Eastern Europe)'s largest city continues its economic golden age. In thanks for the help with conquest of Maputo, Narva receives this year's shipment of ships for free, financed by the Pskovian government. Also, 5% of all the gold mined in Zlatobrezhie. The Scientists in Pskov continue their research, and some begin to speculate and try to figure out what this "action at a distance" is that keeps planets in orbit of the sun, and moons orbiting planets and so on and so forth. Meanwhile, the Bank of Pskov grows larger, and starts giving out new bills, with signatures of the Bank Head and Deputy bank head at the time of print (which is also written on the bill) to prevent counterfeit. Printing methods are approved and Pskov continues to be the intellectual and cultural center of Russia, while also being its largest city. The Academy of Pskov begins more research with microscopes. Elena Mikhailovna Kondratieva is, by this point, one of the most popular people in the Veche of Pskov, and has attracted behind her a large following of both men and women. She becomes known as a person that can think rationally, and often a very good mediator that solved quite a few problems wihtout them resulting in all-out brawls. Confident in her Role, she is nominated by her friend for the position of Posadnik. She wins it, and is the first woman to hold the title, and is announced as the "Posadnitsa" of Pskov, feminizing the title. She proposes several popular pieces of legislation, modernizing the system. She talks of changing how the Veche operates to make it more efficient begin, and how to add more representation to the various villages and people in the "ladoga arm" as it is called, the land given by Novgorod to Pskov after they were defeated in a war.
 * ​The Republic of Narva: Continues its military growth. The Riigikogu Passes legislation hiring Pskovian Guards to temporarily remain as the nation's military force. Some Pskovian Merchants set up shop in Narva, and begin selling their products. However, some very oportunistic ones begin setting up not simply markets, but hiring and moving some of their staff to Narva to help with the development of Production. Meanwhile, the efficiency of farming continues to grow as Pskovian methods are imported. Culture begins to grow as well, as some questionists continue to spread their works. Vurst Vecheslav Huntide dies this year of an unknown illness caught after a wound he got was infected and he refused to see any doctors. He had no legitimate sons, and failed to legitimize the eldest of these bastards, Gunnar, before his sudden demise. Therefore his eldest daughter, Maria Huntide, is crowned Vurstiina of Narva.
 * The Pskov Imperial Company (PIC): Continues its trading, stock exchanging, and overall richer getting while simultaneously building more ships and growing the shipyard-town of Novoprussiysk. The PIC moves in to trade with many nations, opening branches wherever it can. Meanwhile, some trade expeditions are sent around Africa to China and Japan, to attempt to establish some sort of diplomatic and trade relationships with the mysterious nations of the far east (to whom they have a monopoly, excluding land routes). Any Indian nation asked the right to establish trade with minimal tariff, and so are certain Indochinese nations and Indonesian nations.
 * The PIC Possession of Zlatobrezhie: The First Locals who learn the Russian language are offered positions in lower management (that deal directly with the Zlatobrezhian people). More Missionaries are sent to Zlatobrezhie in order to christianize the people, and first and foremost christen the rebels. The Bishop of Pskov gives leave to Father Gabriel Zuganov to go and lead the Misson in Zlatobrezhie, and establish the first cathedral in the capital of Sofala. Some missionaries use local help of converts to build makeshift churches in which they perform sacraments and preach to the locals about Christ and Salvation. Nobles, however, that refuse outright christianization, have their lands confiscated, and those who resist even further are shot in "Self-Defence"(although most people know it was a summary execution). More judges come here from Pskov, and Courts are set up in each Lieutenant-Namesnicheski (provincial) capital. Hearings are announced in order to compile a judicial code, that would combine Pskovian law (for the most part), with some local traditions, and laws, woven into it. The first Rysybank branch opens this year, and is used to store most gold bullion. The Mint of Sofala is comissioned by the Grand Prince of Pskov, and as such begins construction in the city. The local populace is encouraged to Learn Russian, and so they do, with some merchants (mostly wealthless ones) sometimes made examples of near the ports. An academy that existed in the Capital is transformed into the first Russian-Language academy in Africa. The first Nobles to pass the examination on the Russian language are granted some positions in higher management, watching over those who deal directly with the people. The nobles, however, who fail the Russian-language exam have their property and wealth confiscated, and all have by the end of the year to pass it. One was made an example of, and none of the others dared put up any resistance. The High namestnik wants to establish the region and stifle dissent and support for the old monarchy.
 * Roman Empire: The Roman Empire celebrates the victory over Egypt and the successful recapture of the canal and the right to possess Egypt. As such, the Empire adapts for that, and funds collected from the new canal are sent to finance the construction of the Dacian and Croatian ports as well as a Roman port at Berenice. Emperor Thomas II begins to reach the end of his life. While this is happening, discontent is still brewing amongst the nobles, and it remains to be seen what will happen once he dies. Trade continues to expand across the colonies and the mainland nation and as the province of Egypt has fallen back into the hands of the Romans the food exports help provide the Empire with enough food, reducing reliance on imports from the Tartary. This helps the population grow, typically in areas like Anatolia and Serbia. For his part in defeating the Egyptians and securing peace with the Muslims, Theodore von Chersenosos is given an Imperial Triumph back in Constantinople. Following constant reports of native raids and trouble in the southern colonies, an expedition is sent to deal with the problem. Two native states are invaded as the Romans believe them to be the origin of these raids. In this year, the Emperor Thomas II dies. His son Andronikos V takes the throne as Emperor. Two years into his reign, Andronikos V faces a major problem. Discontented nobles, angry at his lackluster performance as Emperor, stage a coup while meeting the Emperor in his palace. Cut off from his troops, he has no choice but to give in to their demands. These demands namely include a restoration of the Imperial Senate along with representation of the minority groups in the Empire. The tension rises when the representation of the Greek areas of the country falls into doubt, but the issue is resolved without major bloodshed, although some battles are fought by revolutionary and reactionary forces. The new reforms are cemented when popular general Theodore von Chersenosos backs the revolutionaries and supports the creation of the Senate. He is soon elected Consul of the Roman Empire, and sets into place the proper reforms, namely the reorganization of Greek adminstration, the reforms of the military, and the represenation of the minorities. Thanks to his support, the violence is short lived.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius familiy returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time.
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Constantius II, now 43, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Romania, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also, terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Dan takes notice of the new practice of terrace farming. He quickly implements a series of reforms to build many hundreds of these farms all along the Carpathians and in Bulgaria. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. Food surpluses drive down prices. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (1% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by flintlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Constantius’ son Vladimir II reaches the age of 15. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow. After years of growth the population of Dacia reaches roughly 5.23 million and rising.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Dacia to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Dacia causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav II continues growing the economy and military.
 * East Hungary: The economy and military are improved as more land becomes farmed. The Romanians bring with them the practice of terraced farming which begins to appear in Hungary. Many of the Magyar noble families are forced to marry into Romanian houses to retain their lands, otherwise it will be sold off to Romanian immigrants.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap garnet and quartz while also adding rubies, emeralds and other more precious gems. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: This year marks the 100th anniversary of the Sultanate and it is quite eventful, as Sultan Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad dies and and his son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad’s coronation is held and he is the new Sultan, thus ending the rule of the Grand Council. As a result of the 100th anniversay of the Sulanate, the death of Abul Mulahlmin Ibn Nquad, and the coronation of Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad as the new Sultan, there is a massive parade in the centre of Baghdad. turn. With Sultan Abull Mulahlmin Ibn With our nation being re-established 100 years ago, there is a grand parade held in the center of Baghdad, celebrating 100 years of Manusurryian Sultanate History, and many reflect on what has happened. It all started with Aashif ibn Nuquad, who reestablished the Mansurryian Caliphate after 57 years of its collapse, and made a deal with the Ottoman (now Damascan) Sultanate to be a Sultanate rather than a Caliphate in return for an eternal alliance. In order to gain control of the Sultanate, he conducted the Great Mansurryian Purge like his grandfather, Caliph Fatih, before him. After the Purge, Sultan Aashif Ibn Nuquad implemented the Mosque Model, which built up the infrastructure and the economy of the Sultanate significantly. Later, the Safavids collapsed, and the Sultanate and the Safavids went into a Union together, were the Great Safavid Purge took place. Unfortunately, however, the Safavids revolted, and the Sultan was killed, thus sending the nation into chaos. Thus the Interim Government under the Grand Council, conducted the Second Great Mansurryian Purge and declared the six year Great Safavid War in order to avenge the Sultan. After the war, the reign of Sultan Amir began, and it was a reign of peace, with the focus of the rebuilding of the Mansurryian Sultanate and Southern Persia under the Mosque Model. After 12 years under the Mosque Model (1568-1580), the Rebuilding Era was over, and Sultan Amir focused on the economy and vassalized Oman over the period of ten years (1580-1590) and Queshm Island was vassalized within five years (1585-1590). From 1590-1595 Milh, Masirah, and Baharain was vassalized. From 1590-1600 the military and the Grand Mosque of Baghdad was being built. In 1600, the Grand Mosque of Baghdad was built up and Sultan Abdul-MuhaiminIbn Nuquad built up the infrastructure and economy from 1600-1632. In 1622-1632, the Interim Government took over and continued the Sultan’s policies of peace, until the Aeyptian War took place (1626-1629) The Sultan’s son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad was the general of the Manssuryian force in Aegypt and the chief Mansurryian diplomat of The Treaty of Alexandria, which lead to the creation of the Red Sea Governate and the Southern Sinai Governate. Now two years later, Asim’s father has died, and Asim is the new Sultan. Because The Aegyptian War and the Treaty of Alexandria brought wealth, land, power, and glory to Manssuryia, and brought the approval and the love of his father, Sultan Asim Asad Ibn Nquad believes that having a strong military is the key to the success of the Sultanate, and thus begins a massive military build up throughout the nation and to all mainland vassals. With our 100th anniversary, we elect Sultan Abuil Mulalmin Ibn Nquad as the new leading Sultan of the UIN).
 * Southern Persia: Infrastructure build up is complete. We now go back to building up military.
 * Oman: Military build up restarts.
 * Queshm Island: Military is built up.
 * Milh: The Governor was installed one year ago during the transnational period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Implementation of the Mosque Model. Mil turn. With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593. Now that it is the year 1600, we open up our port, Milh, access will be proposed, negotiated, accepted, or declined under Mansurryian diplomacy.
 * As a result of the land exchange for Masirah and trading rights, Yemen cedes part of Yemeni Eritrea to us, consisting of OTL Djibouti, and we found the port city of New Baghdad (OTL Djibouti City) as the colony's capital. The colony of New Baghdad also includes Ali Sabielh, as a sort of inland capital to administer New Baghdad's interior, as well as a jump start point for expansion. The Colonial Governor is in charge of New Baghdad, and is met with the traditional Mansurryian welcome of the Mosque Model. (This is especially symbolic since the Mosque Model was introduced to Old Baghdad (Manssuryian Sultanate) 70 years ago. The Mosque Model works like this: Mosques are the centre of the town, and as the centre of each markets and homes are built around the mosques, thus creating towns. As new towns are created roads are created between them, thus fueling the economy. The money used from the economy boom is used to build new mosques, which makes the cycle go all over again. Other results include rise in Sunni Islam and support for the governor. A plan for a road between New Baghdad and Ali Sabieh is being worked out, as well as a plan to connect Addis Ababa, Ali Sabieh and New Baghdad. Wells, along with mosques, are constructed. We expand 50 px inland. We start trading with Romanian Somalia.
 * Southern Suez Governate: With the annexation of Sharm El Sheik and the surrounding area in Southern Suez, we set up Sharm El Sheik as the capital, and we implement the Mosque Model with the intention of it becoming a major port as well.
 * County of Oldenburg: The new colony of Neu Juist expands the maximum amount. The little town's defences are built up with a wooden palisade and cannons. Back home, the economy grows somewaht.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The militia grows.
 * The Kiatagmiut Band: Of Yup'ik peoples continues on its traditional course: The first warm gust of air brings the elders to call for the annual migration to the sea in order to fish and gather supplies during the spring and summer. The High Shaman dies this year, bringing about a small period of mourning at the summer camp. His ashes are deposited into the mighty Kusquqvak River after the traditional cremation ceremony. After a successful season of hunting and fishing for whales, seals, fish, and other game at the summer camp, the first winds of autumn chill the Kiatagmiut and they begin their trek back to their annual camps near Mamterilleq (Bethel, AK), located along the bends of the Kusquqvak River. After they arrive and set up their camp, they fix up their qasgiq (main hall) and have a large festivity to celebrate the successes of the year and the birth of a few new members. The Kiatagmiut leaders all meet before winter becomes too harsh, and decide to elect the eldest son of the former High Shaman to become the new leader of the Band. At this point, the elders all return to their own respective villages: Kuiggayagaq and Napaskiaq and Kuiggluk. The winter, while not especially terrible, still has a large blizzard consume the first week of December.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to military. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by reinforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland, and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3,000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat. We ask to purchase Westenland back from France, and also offer an alliance in Africa, promising to aid them in their colonial endeavours. With their numbers dwindling in the wild, we capture a large number of aurochs from Poland to be kept in captivity. We accept the offer from Marx and begin investing in his creation. A submersible device is purchased for our navy to be tested in combat. A second colony is established in western Newfoundland and settlements on the island continue to expand. Research into scientific fields continues.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: This turn is dedicated to military development. We begin rebuilding our nation’s manpower and military capabilities after the series of recent wars. Trade continues between neighboring nations and allies, as well as to our colonies in the Imperial Sea. Ship production is increased in our ports, with new shipyards and docks being constructed to facilitate larger garrisons of trade ships and military vessels.
 * Polish Imperial Isles: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Steady streams of colonists reach the island of St Stanislaus, where they will soon be sent onto the islands of St Otto and Nowy Krakow to settle.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1636, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. King Franz-Heinrich, aged 60, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with  Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Franz-Heinrich continues to attempt the propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 40% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 10,000 remaining in Saxony, and 15,000 in Thuringia. Starting in 1595, several high Saxon nobles are displaced, mostly by having their titles and lands revoked, and given out to Bavarian nobility. Franz-Heinrich declares his son, Leopold, to be his heir.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1636, Queen Isabell University continues to grow. Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Franz-Heinrich normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Duchy of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Lübeck: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Fehmarn: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Wismar: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Wismar is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Madgeburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern, reaching a population of 2100, expands this year. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. In 1595, the settlement of Bayreuth is founded in Jülichsberg in early March. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 250 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 250 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific Coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of Jülichsberg, 100 sq km southward onto the smaller island south of Katharinas-Hafen, and a final 100 sq km northward, past Jülichsberg, up the coast of mainland Borealia. The militias and shops are developed.
 * Zapoteca: Zapoteca continues trading with the newly independent nations on the Imperial Gulf, mainly Chitimach and Mikasuki (Seminoles): Trade continues in earnest with Mikasuki, to uplift the nation economically. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 7500 sq km north with the help of Spanish explorers.
 * Prussia: This turn is dedicated to military in Prussia and in the nations of Estland, Riga, Livonia, Osel-Wiek, and Courland, and the colonies of the Zollern Insels and Neu Franken, as well as all other territories and possessions. Naval shipyards are expanded and we begin producing warships and transports. Trade continues with our neighbors and allies. Our colonies of Neu Franken and the Zollern Insels in Borealia continue to expand. The population continues to grow from the introduction of new Borealian crops into Prussia and the frequent trade our trade posts in the New World have opened up. New warships are built regularly, and several new drydocks and shipyards are created or expanded to facilitate the production or repair of large ships. We continue to influence Osel-Wiek and Courland.

1637
James Jameson, an Englishman, creates the micrometre.

'''The followers of Francisco have assimilated culturally to the Basque, learning their language and culture. In return, a few Basques have started to follow Francisco.'''


 * Prussia: This turn is dedicated to economy in Prussia and in the nations of Estland, Riga, Livonia, Osel-Wiek, and Courland, and the colonies of the Zollern Insels and Neu Franken, as well as all other territories and possessions. Naval shipyards are expanded and we begin producing warships and transports. Trade continues with our neighbors and allies. Our colonies of Neu Franken and the Zollern Insels in Borealia continue to expand. The population continues to grow from the introduction of new Borealian crops into Prussia and the frequent trade our trade posts in the New World have opened up. New warships are built regularly, and several new drydocks and shipyards are created or expanded to facilitate the production or repair of large ships. We continue to influence Osel-Wiek and Courland.
 * Duchy of Hamburg: Military improvements are made during the course of the year, including the commissioning of new warships. The navy begins assigning escorts to protect the merchant ships, weary of the unrest in Scandinavia.
 * Duchy of Mecklenburg: Military expanded.
 * County of Holstein: Military expanded.
 * Duchy of Stade: Military expanded.
 * Prince-Archbishopric of Münster: Military expanded.
 * Karsland: Militia expanded.
 * Neu Braunschweig: Militia expanded.

I re-added the posts I already posted yesterday since Lx seems to have removed them.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony.
 * Wu China: Military and economy is built up, we start to build up a tiny fleet, no more than 20 ships.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: This year marks the 100th anniversary of the Sultanate and it is quite eventful, as Sultan Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad dies and and his son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad’s coronation is held and he is the new Sultan, thus ending the rule of the Grand Council. As a result of the 100th anniversay of the Sulanate, the death of Abul Mulahlmin Ibn Nquad, and the coronation of Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad as the new Sultan, there is a massive parade in the centre of Baghdad. turn. With Sultan Abull Mulahlmin Ibn With our nation being re-established 100 years ago, there is a grand parade held in the center of Baghdad, celebrating 100 years of Manusurryian Sultanate History, and many reflect on what has happened. It all started with Aashif ibn Nuquad, who reestablished the Mansurryian Caliphate after 57 years of its collapse, and made a deal with the Ottoman (now Damascan) Sultanate to be a Sultanate rather than a Caliphate in return for an eternal alliance. In order to gain control of the Sultanate, he conducted the Great Mansurryian Purge like his grandfather, Caliph Fatih, before him. After the Purge, Sultan Aashif Ibn Nuquad implemented the Mosque Model, which built up the infrastructure and the economy of the Sultanate significantly. Later, the Safavids collapsed, and the Sultanate and the Safavids went into a Union together, were the Great Safavid Purge took place. Unfortunately, however, the Safavids revolted, and the Sultan was killed, thus sending the nation into chaos. Thus the Interim Government under the Grand Council, conducted the Second Great Mansurryian Purge and declared the six year Great Safavid War in order to avenge the Sultan. After the war, the reign of Sultan Amir began, and it was a reign of peace, with the focus of the rebuilding of the Mansurryian Sultanate and Southern Persia under the Mosque Model. After 12 years under the Mosque Model (1568-1580), the Rebuilding Era was over, and Sultan Amir focused on the economy and vassalized Oman over the period of ten years (1580-1590) and Queshm Island was vassalized within five years (1585-1590). From 1590-1595 Milh, Masirah, and Baharain was vassalized. From 1590-1600 the military and the Grand Mosque of Baghdad was being built. In 1600, the Grand Mosque of Baghdad was built up and Sultan  Abdul-MuhaiminIbn Nuquad built up the infrastructure and economy from 1600-1632. In 1622-1632, the Interim Government took over and continued the Sultan’s policies of peace, until the Aeyptian War took place (1626-1629) The Sultan’s son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad was the general of the Manssuryian force in Aegypt and the chief Mansurryian diplomat of The Treaty of Alexandria, which lead to the creation of the Red Sea Governate and the Southern Sinai Governate. Now two years later, Asim’s father has died, and Asim is the new Sultan. Because The Aegyptian War and the Treaty of Alexandria brought wealth, land, power, and glory to Manssuryia, and brought the approval and the love of his father, Sultan Asim Asad Ibn Nquad believes that having a strong military is the key to the success of the Sultanate, and thus begins a massive military build up throughout the nation and to all mainland vassals. With our 100th anniversary, we elect Sultan Abuil Mulalmin Ibn Nquad as the new leading Sultan of the UIN)
 * Southern Persia: Infrastructure build up is complete. We now go back to building up military.
 * Oman: Military build up restarts.
 * Queshm Island: Military is built up.
 * Milh: The Governor was installed one year ago during the transnational period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Implementation of the Mosque Model. Mil turn. With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593. Now that it is the year 1600, we open up our port, Milh, access will be proposed, negotiated, accepted, or declined under Mansurryian diplomacy.
 * As a result of the land exchange for Masirah and trading rights, Yemen cedes part of Yemeni Eritrea to us, consisting of OTL Djibouti, and we found the port city of New Baghdad (OTL Djibouti City) as the colony's capital. The colony of New Baghdad also includes Ali Sabielh, as a sort of inland capital to administer New Baghdad's interior, as well as a jump start point for expansion. The Colonial Governor is in charge of New Baghdad, and is met with the traditional Mansurryian welcome of the Mosque Model. (This is especially symbolic since the Mosque Model was introduced to Old Baghdad (Manssuryian Sultanate) 70 years ago. The Mosque Model works like this: Mosques are the centre of the town, and as the centre of each markets and homes are built around the mosques, thus creating towns. As new towns are created roads are created between them, thus fueling the economy. The money used from the economy boom is used to build new mosques, which makes the cycle go all over again. Other results include rise in Sunni Islam and support for the governor. A plan for a road between New Baghdad and Ali Sabieh is being worked out, as well as a plan to connect Addis Ababa, Ali Sabieh and New Baghdad. Wells, along with mosques, are constructed. We expand 50 px inland. We start trading with Romanian Somalia.
 * Southern Suez Governate: With the annexation of Sharm El Sheik and the surrounding area in Southern Suez, we set up Sharm El Sheik as the capital, and we implement the Mosque Model with the intention of it becoming a major port as well.
 * Zapoteca: Zapoteca continues trading with the newly independent nations on the Imperial Gulf, mainly Chitimach and Mikasuki (Seminoles): Trade continues in earnest with Mikasuki, to uplift the nation economically. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 7500 sq km north with the help of Spanish explorers.
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Constantius II, now 44, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Romania, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also, terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Dan takes notice of the new practice of terrace farming. He quickly implements a series of reforms to build many hundreds of these farms all along the Carpathians and in Bulgaria. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. Food surpluses drive down prices. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (1% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by flintlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Constantius’ son Vladimir II reaches the age of 16. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow. After years of growth the population of Dacia reaches roughly 5.28 million and rising.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Dacia to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Dacia causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav II continues growing the economy and military.
 * East Hungary: The economy and military are improved as more land becomes farmed. The Romanians bring with them the practice of terraced farming which begins to appear in Hungary. Many of the Magyar noble families are forced to marry into Romanian houses to retain their lands, otherwise it will be sold off to Romanian immigrants.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap garnet and quartz while also adding rubies, emeralds and other more precious gems. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
 * Vorlayacor: Construction on the Vorlayacoran galleons begins. Three more are ordered, meaning a total of five will be manufactured in as many years. Mathematicians begin comparing the difference in numbers when the gap between them approaches zero. This facilitates their study of change.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 6500 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 3400 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans  Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue poping out and growing as well as tobacco plantation in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). Fiji expands by 100 sq km.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE- German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up.
 * |onte: The rice and grain supplies show some strain, as the city grows more reliant on the gifts from country farmers. |onte has a growing number of farmers. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,800,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon dies. Mon X takes the head of the Eheresito hu Suida, and maintains relations with both Zimbabwe and !Xoonte. Mon X has noticed that Mon V's works in Zimbabwe can be well felt, as the higher class uses |on frequently. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intellegensia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene.
 * The Kiatagmiut Band: Continues along its normal course, breaking camp as the first warm winds reach the largest village of Mamterilleq. The annual nomadic journey to the coast is made as usual, but one small difference occurs: an odd creature is discovered. Having four hooven feet and capable of both trotting and galloping, these beasts are surprisingly unwoolen. After a few hunters kill these wild beasts, it is determined that their meat is stringy and doesn't taste pleasing as do the fish from the Kusquqvak River. The most astonishing discovery of these creatures, however, comes from three disobedient youth who mount the beasts and end up finding out that the beasts are willing to be ridden! Clearly worthwhile and possibly capable of reducing the length of time spent on the annual migration, the Great Elder orders his hunters to capture these beasts, which are then named luussitars. After a small herd of luussitars are collected, they are used by hunters to capture much faster prey. At the same time, others collect needed supplies, hunt for whales and seals, trap furs, and fish, preparing for the inevitable winter. A small conflict erupts as another band of Akulmiut  Yup'ik from Kassigluq steal a seal from Kiatagmiut hunters; this is resolved after the Akulmiut Great Elder sends many religious amulets to the Great Chief of the Kiatagmiut. As the fall begins to spread over the region, the long trek back to the winter villages and qasgiqs is made with greater ease, as the elderly now ride upon the captured luussitars. The winter is passed in relative peace, but half of the luussitars die due to not being hairy enough.
 * Tibet: Buddhist temples are CONTINUING to be built. Roads are continuing to be fixed so that travelers on the Silk Roads can easily get to our nation. Our own version of the arquebus gun is being made. Farming is our most important industry. We mine resources in our caves. We ask the people of our nation if they can help increase the population. The military is increasing due to new TRAINING that has been made. This new TRAINING is line infantry training with marching aspects. The military is BECOMING bigger due to new tech and more people joining. We ask Uighur, Si Chuan, and Yun Nan for an alliance. We open our borders to let Chinese people in. We allow people to practice Confucius. Trading goes well with the Chinese.
 * Nepal: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chutiya: We build up our military and economy.
 * Shan States: We build up our military and economy.
 * Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand their military.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: The nation improves its economy, constructing dozens of large war canoes and several small transport ships on Gichigamee, an innovation not yet seen on this body of water. Trade is greatly inmproved by the seizure of the Kankakee delta; Nehilaw traders move south along the Cahokie River into the interior of Borealia. Work on an oceanic navy also continues, but slowly, as ever. Basques  and Livonians continue to arrive, among other immigrants, continuing to improve the population and provide it with more valulable skills. The new immigrants greatly enjoy cassina, and continue to be interested in exporting it to Europe. Iron mining accelerates, and arquebuses are still produced. They remain crude. Tuktuism becomes more popular, although ever more chaotic. Many make pilgrimages to the capital, where several of the Church's founders were born, where they sacrifice to the spirits venerated by the religion. The new custom is to make offerings to these spirits, while God is seen as largely irrelevant and uncaring of events on Earth. Many Christians deem it heresy, while animists, more accepting, view it with unconcern. To end the war, the Treaty of Michigan is proposed (Mod Response).
 * Nemaska: Nemaska's population spikes as Basques and Livonians settle in the area, bringing new industries and skills.
 * Chisasibi: The military is improved, while new roads are built to connect Chisasibi to the rest of the nation. Port facilities also improve.
 * Gojijiwininag: Now vassalized, Gojijiwininag works to improve its military.
 * Piankeshaw: Improves its economy as trade begins to flow. The tribe is promoted as separate from the Twightee. All eagerly await a hoped-for settlement next year.
 * County of Oldenburg: Comital military is improved. About two dozen more settlers arrive in Neu Juist (Northernmost tip of Newfoundland) and the colony expands southward.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The economy improves.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1637, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. King Franz-Heinrich, aged 61, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction in Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with  Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Franz-Heinrich continues to attempt the propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 40% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 10,000 remaining in Saxony, and 15,000 in Thuringia. Starting in 1595, several high Saxon nobles are displaced, mostly by having their titles and lands revoked, and given out to Bavarian nobility. Franz-Heinrich declares his son, Leopold, to be his heir. In colonial news, Franz-Heinrich sets his eyes upon Chitimach, Acolapissa, and Pensacola. Most of the court agree he wants to subjugate the tribes, and many expect formal land claims to be written up within the next few years.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1637, Queen Isabell University continues to grow. Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Franz-Heinrich normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Duchy of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Lübeck: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Fehmarn: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Wismar: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Wismar is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Madgeburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern, reaching a population of 2100, expands this year. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. In 1595, the settlement of Bayreuth is founded in Jülichsberg in early March. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 250 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 250 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific Coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of Jülichsberg, 100 sq km southward onto the smaller island south of Katharinas-Hafen, and a final 100 sq km northward, past Jülichsberg, up the coast of mainland Borealia. The militias and shops are developed.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.2 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment thats been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. The Spanish navy continues to revamp removing older ships from the fleet and selling them off. The Spanish fleet exploits the absense of the Austrian fleet moving nearly 100 ships in the medditerenean off the coast of Austria.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area. The Volcano issue is solved with a large mass evacuation and a program to rebuilt the area of a decade is formulated. The eruption, however, has shown the effectiveness of Spanish and Italian troops at organizing and helping an evacuation.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 500.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overwork and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The Military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of Integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony Proper. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 1.6 million and growing.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
 * New Granada: The colony of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 75,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 17,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco city. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers. Taking a que from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. The Philippines send nearly 50 ships from the local fleet to support Shanghai. the Philippines declare their support for Wu and support them directly with ships.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers.
 * Chile: The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 3000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Aymara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day. The Spanish instigate a large expansionary policy of connecting Chile with New Spain in a Big way making a dedicated push across the continent. The silver mines in the area known as Potosi become legend as the most silver production in the Hesperian and Borealian continents are located here.
 * East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The three African states begin to see some contention being part of a unified entity and the royal governor seeing a potential issue begins petitioning for Spain's involvement proper to either restore order or create a solution. The EAP expands by 50 px along the coast separating two of its states.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin: The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. The Royal governor of Cochin is established in the city of Bago, the area's greatest port city and impressed with it the Hispanian governor makes it the capital of the Spanish territory of Cochin. As a militaristic governor he immediately begins plans to keep the region secure and prevent further uprising, as well as make the territory profitable for him, and keep the Spanish East India Company out of the area. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 450,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain.
 * Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that can not set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City of Dawer raises a Sepoya army of about 1000.
 * Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. The Company reports that with nothing being done in Wu to fight the rebels ramps up its forces to nearly 20,000 hiring out all pirates in the area and ramping up forces from China proper. The Defeat of the rebels officially opens up the massive markets of Wu in full to the South China Sea Company. Shanghai begins to make up the difference in profit for fighting the revolt in Wu. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it.
 * In Pskov, more water wheels start to appear, and more farmers, not happy that they are producing excess food, instead of producing excess food, begin producing a crop they can sell in the fields where excess food is growing, namely, flax seed, the main ingredient in linen cloth. Pskov's population continually grows along with its GDP and average wages, as Russia (and possibly Eastern Europe)'s largest city continues its economic golden age. In thanks for the help with conquest of Maputo, Narva receives this year's shipment of ships for free, financed by the Pskovian government. Also, 5% of all the gold mined in Zlatobrezhie. The Scientists in Pskov continue their research, and some begin to speculate and try to figure out what this "action at a distance" is that keeps planets in orbit of the sun, and moons orbiting planets and so on and so forth. Meanwhile, the Bank of Pskov grows larger, and starts giving out new bills, with signatures of the Bank Head and Deputy bank head at the time of print (which is also written on the bill) to prevent counterfeit. Printing methods are approved and Pskov continues to be the intellectual and cultural center of Russia, while also being its largest city. The Academy of Pskov begins more research with microscopes. Elena Mikhailovna Kondratieva, the Posadnitsa, becomes more and more popular after this year, becoming re-elected and is seen by many as the expected succesor to the ailing Grand Prince, who is becoming quite old, and everything. Meanwhile, after hearing pleas from the President of the PIC, the Veche grants the PIC a new task to root out any rebels and guerrilla warriors that are hiding in the bushes in Africa. She proposes several popular pieces of legislation, modernizing the system, and talk of changing how the Veche operates to make it more efficient begin, and how to add more representation to the various villages and people in the "ladoga arm" as it is called, the land given by Novgorod to Pskov after they were defeated in a war. Yaroslav Georgievich Godunov is appointed as Nikolai Romanov's replacement as High Namestnik of Zlatobrezhie.
 * ​The Republic of Narva: Continues its military growth. The Riigikogu Passes legislation hiring Pskovian Guards to temporarily remain as the nation's military force. Some Pskovian Merchants set up shop in Narva, and begin selling their products. However, some very oportunistic ones begin setting up not simply markets, but hiring and moving some of their staff to Narva to help with the development of Production. Meanwhile, the efficiency of farming continues to grow as Pskovian methods are imported. Culture begins to grow as well, as some questionists continue to spread their works. Vurstiina Maria I Huntide re-affirms the restrictions on princely power. However, her half-brother, Gunnar is slightly disturbed she did not call elections, and establish succesion rules, as the Republic of Narva has no formal succesion laws, which make her ascension to the throne even more troubling, especialy to Gunnar, who is a strong believer in a republic. However, Gunnar, the Son of Vurst Vecheslav and Grete Koppel, his mistress. Some even say she should abdicate and have an elected leader like in Pskov. Gunnar is passive, as he does not want a civil war, and waits to see if his sister turns out to be a good leader like their father.
 * The Pskov Imperial Company (PIC): Continues its trading, stock exchanging, and overall richer getting while simultaneously building more ships and growing the shipyard-town of Novoprussiysk. The PIC moves in to trade with many nations, opening branches wherever it can. Meanwhile, some trade expeditions are sent around Africa to China and Japan, to attempt to establish some sort of diplomatic and trade relationships with the mysterious nations of the far east (to whom they have a monopoly, excluding land routes). Any Indian nation asked the right to establish trade with minimal tariff, and so are certain Indochinese nations and Indonesian nations. More money is made and everybody triumphs.
 * The PIC Possession of Zlatobrezhie: receives its new High Namestnik, Yaroslav Godunov. He looks at his people, and decides that the law that requires More Missionaries are sent to Zlatobrezhie in order to christianize the people, and first and foremost christen the rebels. The Bishop of Pskov gives leave to Father Gabriel Zuganov to go and lead the Misson in Zlatobrezhie, and establish the first cathedral in the capital of Sofala. More Missionaries come to the region to christianize the population, with varried success. The Language laws change, and High Namestnik Godunov decrees that any language may be used in the streets, however, the Pskov Dialect of Russian, and "Great United Russian" are the official administrative languages, and the official language of education, he sets a goal that by the end of the 17th century, every citizen of Zlatobrezhie will know Russian, and tries to set a precedent. The use of violence by the PIC military decreases this year, and even with the "Blank check" to stifle armed rebellion, he allows for most things. However Adoption and knowledge of Russian is essential to his plans, and begins to encourage the knowledge of Russian because traders coming from Pskov are only allowed to work with people who know the language, and by putting that restriction on what will become the largest trade partners of the locals, he will want the locals to learn Russian to trade with Pskovians. In contrast to his predecessor, who is viewed by many as a despot who kills any dissenters, he wants to put himself as a good person, and continues to build the beginings of a state.
 * Scandinavian Empire: The Esbjerg Ultimatum arrives in Stockholm early this year. This ultimatum states that, if the Halvars do not immediately cease their aggressive actions towards the other Scandinavian houses, the noble houses will respond with force. King John II, upon receiving the Esbjerg Ultimatum, is furious. An emergency meeting of the Riksdag takes place to calm all parties involved. John II sees all signing members of the treaty to be traitors to Scandinavia and orders the executions of all involved in the treaty and their associates. Roughly 750 people are ordered to die. Troops enter the Riksdag building to arrest the twenty signing members of the Esbjerg Ultimatum. In the frenzy, three members of the House of Griffins, including acting ringleader Laurens Weissen Griefen, are captured. One other, Karlaus Bjelbo, is killed after jumping out of the Riksdag building in desperation to escape from troops. His shattered body becomes a symbol for this meeting. This meeting quickly becomes known as the Shattered Riksdag. In desperation, the remaining sixteen members flee to Norway and Denmark. Within a matter of hours, Swedish forces march on Niksborg, a town in OTL Halden and quickly take it over. John II threatens to march on Oslo if the surviving sixteen signing members of the Esbjerg Ultimatum turn themselves in. Denmark and Norway respond by declaring war on Sweden, effectively shattering the Scandinavian Empire. In response, the head of Laurens Weissen Griefen is sent to Oslo. Norway, Denmark, and Iceland form the Musket Alliance. Karelia declares support for Sweden as does Finland. While the first battle of the war takes place on the outskirts of Niksborg, the true first battle had arguably been the Shattered Riksdag. A fierce naval skirmish in the Skagerak leads to a Swedish victory, the Swedes landing troops in mainland Jutland by September. A subsequent battle shatters their supply line and the Swedish troops in Denmark quickly perish. Battles in the Oresund lead to a bloody stand still in the war efforts in that area. In the New World, an interesting thing happens. All colonies declare that they will act in their own interests due to the truly mixed culture of the Scandinavians in the New World. While there are tensions, they are not nearly high enough to raise concern. This cooperation amongst the colonies will soon become a seed in a revolution centuries to come.
 * Roman Empire: The Roman Empire celebrates the victory over Egypt and the successful recapture of the canal and the right to possess Egypt. As such, the Empire adapts for that, and funds collected from the new canal are sent to finance the construction of the Dacian and Croatian ports as well as a Roman port at Berenice. Emperor Thomas II begins to reach the end of his life. While this is happening, discontent is still brewing amongst the nobles, and it remains to be seen what will happen once he dies. Trade continues to expand across the colonies and the mainland nation and as the province of Egypt has fallen back into the hands of the Romans the food exports help provide the Empire with enough food, reducing reliance on imports from the Tartary. This helps the population grow, typically in areas like Anatolia and Serbia. For his part in defeating the Egyptians and securing peace with the Muslims, Theodore von Chersenosos is given an Imperial Triumph back in Constantinople. Following constant reports of native raids and trouble in the southern colonies, an expedition is sent to deal with the problem. As the aftermath of the revolution dies down, the Roman Empire is now at peace, and the Imperial Senate is eager to work with the Emperor to protect said peace. Military and administrative reforms take place to help ensure stability. The issues facing Scandinavia troubles the Imperial government, and the Emperor publically declares support for the Halvars and promises soldiers to the Halvar cause if need be.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius familiy returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. To help faciliate the loyalty and fair rule of the Egyptians, the Coptic Pope is asked to look into the possibility of signing the Unification of the Churches, so as to grant the Egyptians greater voice in Chrisitianity as well as make them theological equals with Constantinople.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to economy. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by reinforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland, and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3,000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat. We ask to purchase Westenland back from France, and also offer an alliance in Africa, promising to aid them in their colonial endeavours. With their numbers dwindling in the wild, we capture a large number of aurochs from Poland to be kept in captivity. We accept the offer from Marx and begin investing in his creation. A submersible device is purchased for our navy to be tested in combat. A second colony is established in western Newfoundland and settlements on the island continue to expand. Research into scientific fields continues.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: This turn is dedicated to economy development. We begin rebuilding our nation’s manpower and military capabilities after the series of recent wars. Trade continues between neighboring nations and allies, as well as to our colonies in the Imperial Sea. Ship production is increased in our ports, with new shipyards and docks being constructed to facilitate larger garrisons of trade ships and military vessels.
 * Polish Imperial Isles: This turn is officially dedicated to economy. Steady streams of colonists reach the island of St Stanislaus, where they will soon be sent onto the islands of St Otto and Nowy Krakow to settle.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Military, navy and economy improve. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 2,800,000. Qusqo is currently the largest city, (160,000), followed by Peru (67,000), Machu Picchu (64,000), Chimu (39,000) and Sican (36,000) and New Burgandy (33,000). The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Cava hits the age of 24 while Apeac II hits age 19. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (410,000), Hurin Qosquo (266,000), Hurin Nazca (110,000), Wanka (109,000), Hanan Nazca (102,000), Hurin Chimor (98,000), Anti Chimo, (90,000), Aymara (66,000), Willkapampa (45,000), and La Paz (28,000). The four quarters, orSuyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu  (755,000),  Chimor Suyu (168,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Representing the large German minority, city with the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr and the Zapotec begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationalist movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier. Having received ships from Spain, the Inca Navy is formed and the First Fleet of the Inca is christened. We thank Spain for the loan and we begin to reconstruct Hurin Nazca. "The Great Plague" makes a re-emergence in the Eastern and Western most districts, stunning growth outside of Cuzco Suyu. With the Death of Apeac the First, his son takes the throne. Within a year of taking the throne, he proves himself to be a radical. One of his first actions is to enact the Qosqo Codes, four new codes that serve as a new standard of laws within the Empire. The first code creates a limited parliament, giving votes only to those who live in the Golden Cities. This new parliament can also only suggest laws, of which the Sapa Inca can reject. The second code creates the first university in the Inca Empire, the University of Hanan Qosqo. The third code officially passes the Laws of Succession which were drafted years ago. The fourth and final code sets up the standardized Inca Census organization, a government-funded body that deals with managing population growth and conducting the census. With the acquisition of the Northern territories, they are divided into two different nations under the Inca: Collaquimbaya and Hanan Peru. As agreed at the end of the war, we work to meet France's quota of gold and other resources.
 * Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 400,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Military, navy and economy improve. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 50,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 35,000.
 * Collaquimbaya: With the Inca acquisition of the territory, a new government in established. Military and Economy improve as work on irrigation and agriculture begins. An emphasis is placed on making use of the territories minerals. Population stands at 10,000. The capital is set to be built by 1645 and is to be Called Apec.
 * Hanan Peru: With the acquisition of the territory, the Inca establish a new government. Miltiary navy and economy improve as work on irrigation and agriculture begins. An emphasis is placed on making use of the Territories minerals. Population stands at roughly 500,000. The capital is set as Chan Chan, with a population of 60,000.
 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more sucesses.  Financial loans  continue to be given to Bahmani and Jaunpur. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The first address the issue of the dimishing currency, the Urdustani Taka is implemented upon all the vassals, as it wasn't previously to facilitate better interior trade with vassals. To increase our coffers in the wake of this financial mess, the Urdustani Emperor impliments a "Jewel Tax", in which gems, that come from abroad, or from Ava, are taxed when they are sold, or imported, or exported. To better specialize, and economize the Urdustani economy, we begin to sponsor specific locations for specific crops, such as rice and tobacco in the Bengal region, Indigo in the Gurjurat region, potatos in Vijaynagar, etc. The Emperor's two children continue their education by both native Indian teachers, and by European advisors. Translation of many works of  art, poetry, or books, from native,  cultural  languages, begins to strengthen the Urdu and Hindi speakers in an effort to break some linguistic and cultural barriers. Bhārata kā asalī rājakumāra, after his brother's actions, decides to offer amnesty to the rioters who disband now (Mod Response). The اردو کی زمین شاہی گارڈ, are displeased with this apparent weakness in the leader who they believed they utterly controlled.
 * Rajya of Orissa (Uṛīsā kē rājya, اڑیسہ کی بادشاہی): Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues, as well as cash crop cultivations.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa (Grēṭara asama kē rājya, گریٹر آسام کی بادشاہی): The Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): Due to the recent riots within Urdustan, most of the Hindu ones breaking out in Vijaynagar, the local levies controlled by the Emperor are sent out to attempt to quell the largest of riots within the city of Vijaynagar. However, before many of them arrive, the Emperors brother, سفارتی ادقارکرتا (Rājanayika rakṣaka) espouses his brother's idea of amnesty for the rioters who disband now, as a way to prevent a larger conflict from brewing. However, since the more level-headed ones have already disbanded, there is no telling what will happen.
 * Urdustani Diplomacy (Secrets): The Empire of Urdustan offers the nations of Jaunpur and Bahamni a secret agreement between the three nations in the wake of the Hindu nations want for debt money.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy, a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. War plans in Borealia are put on indefinite hold as political and economic tensions ease with Scandinavia. Britannic assistance to Croatia in the reforms is permitted. The Empire inacts a new series of reforms designed to better govern the numerous holdings of the Empire. Ships are moved toward Siam.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * New Dublin: Continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newpaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand.
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Local support is slowly gaining ground. The Oyo territories are rolled into Ghana.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives to Port William at the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises.
 * L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area.
 * Tsardom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its economy. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Tsar. The Tsar issues an organizational reform, hoping to effectively improve the administrative divisions and making sure that the power of the nobility is finally obliterated. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. With the economic crisis, the Tsar searches for ways to relief his nation. The influx of new resources from is expected to aid. However, the Tsar recalls the issue of the war against Austria, before Croatia became a Tsardom and makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation of the worth of gold.
 * Croatian Kingdom of Western Hungary: The Knyazdom's economy is primarily expanded. The nations is brought closer to the Tsardom.
 * Croatian Knyazdom of Dahomey: The economy is primarily developed. The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.

1638
A German mathematician and philosopher named Rolf Dreschner creates the Dreschnerian Co-ordinate Plane, a co-ordinate system that specifies each point uniquely in a plane by a pair of numerical co-ordinates, which are the signed distances from the point to two fixed perpendicular directed lines, measured in the same unit of length.

Movable type printing replaces woodblock printing as the standard for newspaper printing in China.

A severe storm almost completely destroys the Ottowan whaling fleet, largely because the ships have no advanced harbor to stay in.

'''More threats to the Philadelphi Canal emerge as several bands of raiders target the canal. Some ships are grounded or sacked, and further damage to trade may occur if steps are not taken.'''


 * Damascan Sultanate: Sulimen IV rules as Sultan, now aging at 65. Sulimen IV promotes migration to Damascus (دمشق) as it now numbers 425,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's population grows to 310,000. The people continue to rally toward Islam. The Kurdistan regents begins merging into the Damascan Sultanate. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. We begin developing and advancing our weaponry, the old lever lock guns are being replaced rapidly with Arquebuses. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 22.8 million. Karaman and Damascus become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed. Once again Mansuriyya and Damascus become some of the closest allies around the globe, not allowing anything to separate them. In the joyous occasion; Sultan Sulimen IV has a son, Sulimen V and a daughter Ablahadahla which are now 14, they are twins. We increase our relations with Urdustan, Yemen, and Mansuriyya. Light matchlock muskets are heavily in use and well advanced; designing guns that are faster, more efficient, and lighter. Jerusalem grows to 370,000.
 * Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With becoming a newly fastened vassal once again under the rule of the Damascan Sultanate, the vassal's neighbor, Dibayakir begins to become more friendly with both Karaman and Damascus. The economy is expanded, and centralization begins as Karaman now is under the protection and at the command of the Sultan. Now becoming part of the Sultanate, the vassal focuses on economically boosting themselves, as they no longer have to building a force if chance of invasion. Karaman encourages Dibayakir once again, to join Damascus.
 * Southern Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Military expands. Borders are re-inforced and patrolled. Azerbaijan after 40 years of Damascan influence, the region is somewhat Muslim-Turk. With the majority of the previous Orthodox Christians moving to Armenia. Azerbaijan is reaffirmed into the Damascan Sultanate. Troops are sent to re-inforce the vassal.
 * Aleppraqht (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Trade is swimming through the streets as the largest city in the land gain. Trade increased with Yemen and trade now extravagantly reaching Africa. Census is taken totaling: 70,000. Economy expands.
 * Dhubab (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The port city in Yemen bought from the Romanians remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy expands.
 * Cairo: With the city being taken from Aegypt, they make a deal with the Roman Empire to be given to strongest Islamic power in the area, that being the Damascan Sultanate. Economy and infrastructure expands. Cairo's population rises to 350,000. As many of the Muslims throughout Aegypt now face fealty under Roman rulership flock to the great Muslim city, in haven to be in an Islamic community. Troops in the Aegyptian war take refuge in the city while continuing and partaking in missions to finish off the small bit of resistance which Aegypt still holds. We begin constructing a port city, on the small bit of coast to be connected with Damascan proper.
 * Sinai: The desert peninsula of Sinai is very scarce in population. Although along the southern and northern tips, the people flourish, with medium sized towns, and bountiful trade routes. Economy expands with gaining Damascan trade. Oils, glass, gold, and firearms flow through the new trade routes into Aegypt.
 * Duchy of Hamburg: Economic improvements are made. Agriculture flourishes as techniques improve, and crop exports become a larger part of Hamburgs trade goods.
 * Duchy of Mecklenburg: Economy improved.
 * County of Holstein: Economy improved.
 * Duchy of Stade: Economy improved.
 * Prince-Archbishopric of Münster: Economy improved.
 * Karsland: Economy improved.
 * Neu Braunschweig: Economy improved.


 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, pau-brasil (brazilwood) starts to be extracted in the colony.
 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more sucesses.  Financial loans  continue to be given to Bahmani and Jaunpur. Merchants also travel exclusively to Multan, Sind, Ladakh, and Kangra. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamitization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The first address the issue of the dimishing currency, the Urdustani Taka is implemented upon all the vassals, as it wasn't previously to facilitate better interior trade with vassals. To increase our coffers in the wake of this financial mess, the Urdustani Emperor impliments a "Jewel Tax", in which gems, that come from abroad, or from Ava, are taxed when they are sold, or imported, or exported. To better specialize, and economize the Urdustani economy, we begin to sponsor specific locations for specific crops, such as rice and tobacco in the Bengal region, Indigo in the Gurjurat region, potatos in Vijaynagar, etc. The Emperor's interest in astronomy, after witnessing a small meteor shower, leads to his funding of an observatory in the plains of Bastar, named اجرام فلکی کے مشاہدے کے لئے ویدشالا (Ākāśīya piṇḍōṁ kī nigarānī kē li'ē vēdhaśālā)
 * Rajya of Orissa (Uṛīsā kē rājya, اڑیسہ کی بادشاہی): Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues, as well as cash crop cultivations.
 * Swargadeo of Kamarupa (Grēṭara asama kē rājya, گریٹر آسام کی بادشاہی): The Swargadeo of Ahom continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): Due to the recent riots within Urdustan, most of the Hindu ones breaking out in Vijaynagar, the local levies controlled by the Emperor are sent out to attempt to quell the largest of riots within the city of Vijaynagar. However, before many of them arrive, the Emperors brother, سفارتی ادقارکرتا (Rājanayika rakṣaka) espouses his brother's idea of amnesty for the rioters who disband now, as a way to prevent a larger conflict from brewing. However, since the more level-headed ones have already disbanded, there is no telling what will happen.
 * Urdustani Diplomacy (Secrets): The Empire of Urdustan offers the nations of Jaunpur and Bahamni a secret agreement between the three nations in the wake of the Hindu nations want for debt money.
 * Brittannic Secret Sections Dip: The Empire of Britannia requests to speak to the Urdu high command about possible positive moves for our two nations.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy, a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. War plans in Borealia are put on indefinite hold as political and economic tensions ease with Scandinavia. Britannic assistance to Croatia in the reforms is permitted. The Empire inacts a new series of reforms designed to better govern the numerous holdings of the Empire. Ships are moved toward Siam. The Academia Canterbrigae is formed as a science institution at Cambridge. The Academia extends contact to the Imperial Society to help in the flow of knowledge. Pascal Rulings invents the adding machine.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * New Dublin: Continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newpaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand.
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Most locals now see themselves as loyal British citizens and now fully vote and represent the colonies, Ghana becomes the first Brittannic colony to invoke near self rule, with little regulation from the homeland due to the mutual respect from the others. Any sepretist movements are largly ignored.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives to Port William at the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises.
 * L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area.
 * Liao Empire: An aspiring 37-year old admiral named Ozai Xuanyao launches a coup against the old and corrupt government with the support of most of the military apparatus. After beheading the old Emperor, Admiral Ozai declares himself the God Emperor of Mankind, claiming that he has receieved a divine message from Heaven itself. He declares all other emperors' Mandates of Heaven null. With support from both the local Mongol and Chinese populations, Ozai begins a cultural project designed to mix the two cultures and promote unity in the empire. The military is expanded, with more firearms added into the army. Supply lines are improved throughout the empire, improving both trade and logistics for the military. Paved roads become mandatory for most major cities. Massive architectural projects designed to provide fresh water to the capital, Oskemen are designed, as well as terraced cities and other military projects.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 6500 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 3400 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans  Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue poping out and growing as well as tobacco plantation in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). Fiji expands by 100 sq km.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE- German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * Tsardom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its military. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Tsar. The Tsar issues an organizational reform, hoping to effectively improve the administrative divisions and making sure that the power of the nobility is finally obliterated. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. With the economic crisis, the Tsar searches for ways to relief his nation. The influx of new resources from is expected to aid. However, the Tsar recalls the issue of the war against Austria, before Croatia became a Tsardom and makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation of the worth of gold. Bartholomeus Johannes de Dominis (Bartol Ivan de Dominis), a member of the brothers of the Raven develops the 'theory of the rainbow' by drawing attention to the fact that in each raindrop the light undergoes two refractions and an intermediate reflection. He publishes it in his work Tractatus de radiis visus et lucis in vitris, perspectivis et iride. Moreover, in the University of Split there are found numerous manuscripts of Bran, one of which is entitled Pretpostavljajući predodređenost (Presuming predestination).
 * Croatian Kingdom of Western Hungary: The Knyazdom's military is primarily expanded. The nations is brought closer to the Tsardom.
 * Croatian Knyazdom of Dahomey: The military is primarily developed. The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * County of Oldenburg: The new colony of Neu Juist on  Newfoundland' s Northernmost tip expands southward down the pointy peninsula. An old Oldenburger naval ship sails there with settlers and supplies before being broken up and every part being cannibalised for the settlement. A small contingent of brothers of the Order of Saint Theobald try to make contact with the natives. Back in Oldenburg, infrastructure such as major roads, canals and ports are improved a bit.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The Prince-Bishop dies, and the Regency Council-Appointed successor succeeds him.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: In Aksimiki, a mob of Christians attack and raze an inn containing dozens of Tuktist pilgrims, killing all 60 of them. There is widespread horror at this from virtually all religious corners, but many Christians approve, especially as Tuktism and Christianity are now nearly equal in popularity, with most animists having converted to one or the other. Several influential priests, led by David Maskawa, a highly powerful Catholic priest, march into the Council of Sachems. He demands that the Sachems outlaw Tuktism. After they refuse, the priests leave, but a second mob attacks, setting the House of Sachems afire. The several who escape are stoned to death. David Maskawa declare shimself leader of a regency council, demanding that all areas of the Sachemate reassert their loyalty to the central government. But the son of one of the dead Sachems, Isapo Muxixa, a military officer in the interior, refuses, calling up the militia and marching on the capital. His troops destroy a loyalist militia outside the city and, joine dby Nemaskan and Chisasibi militas, besiege the city.
 * Nemaska: Nemaska's population spikes as Basques and Livonians settle in the area, bringing new industries and skills. The economy improves. Nemaska supports Isapo.
 * Chisasibi: The military is improved, while new roads are built to connect Chisasibi to the rest of the nation. Port facilities also improve. Chisasibi supports Isapo.
 * Gojijiwininag: Now vassalized, Gojijiwininag works to improve its military, refusing to support either side in the unrest.
 * Piankeshaw: Improves its economy as trade begins to flow. The tribe is promoted as separate from the Twightee. Order is kept by 2000 soldiers, all of whom remain neutral in the unrest.
 * Tibet: Buddhist temples are CONTINUING to be built. Roads are continuing to be fixed so that travelers on the Silk Roads can easily get to our nation. New roads to the Tartary are being mapped out. Our own version of the arquebus gun is being made. Farming is our most important industry. We mine resources in our caves. We ask the people of our nation if they can help increase the population. The military is increasing due to new TRAINING that has been made. This new TRAINING is line infantry training with marching aspects. The military is BECOMING bigger due to new tech and more people joining. We ask Uighur, Si Chuan, and Yun Nan for an alliance. We open our borders to let Chinese people in. We allow people to practice Confucius. Trading goes well with the Chinese. Movable type printing becomes the standerd for printing newspapers in our nation.
 * Nepal: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chutiya: We build up our military and economy.
 * Shan States: We build up our military and economy.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.2 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment thats been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. The Spanish navy continues to revamp removing older ships from the fleet and selling them off.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area. The Volcano issue is solved with a large mass evacuation and a program to rebuilt the area of a decade is formulated. The eruption, however, has shown the effectiveness of Spanish and Italian troops at organizing and helping an evacuation.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 500.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overwork and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The Military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of Integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony Proper. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 1.6 million and growing.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
 * New Granada: The colony of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 75,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 17,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco city. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers. Taking a que from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. The Philippines send nearly 50 ships from the local fleet to support Shanghai. the Philippines declare their support for Wu and support them directly with ships.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers.
 * Chile: The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 3000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Aymara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day. The Spanish instigate a large expansionary policy of connecting Chile with New Spain in a Big way making a dedicated push across the continent. The silver mines in the area known as Potosi become legend as the most silver production in the Hesperian and Borealian continents are located here.
 * East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The three African states begin to see some contention being part of a unified entity and the royal governor seeing a potential issue begins petitioning for Spain's involvement proper to either restore order or create a solution. The EAP expands by 50 px along the coast separating two of its states.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin: The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. The Royal governor of Cochin is established in the city of Bago, the area's greatest port city and impressed with it the Hispanian governor makes it the capital of the Spanish territory of Cochin. As a militaristic governor he immediately begins plans to keep the region secure and prevent further uprising, as well as make the territory profitable for him, and keep the Spanish East India Company out of the area. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 450,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain.
 * Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that can not set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City of Dawer raises a Sepoya army of about 1000.
 * Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. The Company reports that with nothing being done in Wu to fight the rebels ramps up its forces to nearly 20,000 hiring out all pirates in the area and ramping up forces from China proper. The Defeat of the rebels officially opens up the massive markets of Wu in full to the South China Sea Company. Shanghai begins to make up the difference in profit for fighting the revolt in Wu. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to military. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. Ingria is declared a vassal, and we continue to influence Ingria.
 * Vologda: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications. We buy back a bit of land from Pskov (as negotiated and documented on chat) in exchange for our past help to expand Pskov’s land west.
 * Novgorod: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Ingria: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Trade between Moscow, Prussia, and other nations helps to amass wealth, which is partially used to finance infrastructural projects and military fortifications.
 * Kingdom of the Ottawa: King Joseph enacts a new series of edicts meant to crack down on the traditionalist bandits still harassing the roadways within the Kingdom. These new edicts setup the Town watch, a system of civilian sheriffs and officers with the purpose of controlling crime along the various roads within the Kingdom. Whale oil has become quite the commodity within the Kingdom as it is traded not just to the British now but to the various frontier settlements throughout the midwest and lower Canada. On orders from the King the army begins to draft yet another regiment of soldiers from the populace as more muskets and other firearms are imported from the west. The population of  the Kingdom climbs to 30,200 people and with the help of the trade with the british the Kingdom has become quite the profitable power. Meanwhile, along the border tensions continue to rise with the Petun people as a roving band of fur traders from Kingdom are killed for trespassing on sacred tribal grounds. Elsewhere, the first Jesuit missionaries arrive within the Kingdom and enter into several small towns along the border, bringing the people of these villages into the Catholic church and slowly growing small congregations out of the townsfolk.
 * Prussia: This turn is dedicated to economy in Prussia and in the nations of Estland, Riga, Livonia, Osel-Wiek, and Courland, and the colonies of the Zollern Insels and Neu Franken, as well as all other territories and possessions.. Naval shipyards are expanded and we begin producing warships and transports. Trade continues with our neighbors and allies. Our colonies of Neu Franken and the Zollern Insels in Borealia continue to expand. The population continues to grow from the introduction of new Borealian crops into Prussia and the frequent trade our trade posts in the New World have opened up. New warships are built regularly, and several new drydocks and shipyards are created or expanded to facilitate the production or repair of large ships. We continue to influence Osel-Wiek and Courland.
 * |onte: The rice and grain supplies show some strain, as the city grows more reliant on the gifts from country farmers. |onte has a growing number of farmers. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,830,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon dies. Mon X takes the head of the Eheresito hu Suida, and maintains relations with both Zimbabwe and !Xoonte. Mon X has noticed that Mon V's works in Zimbabwe can be well felt, as the higher class uses |on frequently. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intellegensia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene.
 * Roman Empire: The Roman Empire celebrates the victory over Egypt and the successful recapture of the canal and the right to possess Egypt. As such, the Empire adapts for that, and funds collected from the new canal are sent to finance the construction of the Dacian and Croatian ports as well as a Roman port at Berenice. Emperor Thomas II begins to reach the end of his life. While this is happening, discontent is still brewing amongst the nobles, and it remains to be seen what will happen once he dies. Trade continues to expand across the colonies and the mainland nation and as the province of Egypt has fallen back into the hands of the Romans the food exports help provide the Empire with enough food, reducing reliance on imports from the Tartary. This helps the population grow, typically in areas like Anatolia and Serbia. For his part in defeating the Egyptians and securing peace with the Muslims, Theodore von Chersenosos is given an Imperial Triumph back in Constantinople. Following constant reports of native raids and trouble in the southern colonies, an expedition is sent to deal with the problem. As the aftermath of the revolution dies down, the Roman Empire is now at peace, and the Imperial Senate is eager to work with the Emperor to protect said peace. Military and administrative reforms take place to help ensure stability. Forces join the Halvar cause in Scandinavia, as the two royal dynasties are related by blood.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius familiy returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. To help faciliate the loyalty and fair rule of the Egyptians, the Coptic Pope is asked to look into the possibility of signing the Unification of the Churches, so as to grant the Egyptians greater voice in Chrisitianity as well as make them theological equals with Constantinople. This is further considered by the Coptic Pope, and the Patriarch of Constantinople goes to Alexandria to help with that endeavor. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root.
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Constantius II, now 45, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Romania, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Dan takes notice of the new practice of terrace farming. He quickly implements a series of reforms to build many hundreds of these farms all along the Carpathians and in Bulgaria. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. Food surpluses drive down prices. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (1% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by flintlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Constantius’ son Vladimir II reaches the age of 17. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow. After years of growth the population of Dacia reaches roughly 5.33 million and rising.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Dacia to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Dacia causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav II continues growing the economy and military.
 * East Hungary: The economy and military are improved as more land becomes farmed. The Romanians bring with them the practice of terraced farming which begins to appear in Hungary. Many of the Magyar noble families are forced to marry into Romanian houses to retain their lands, otherwise it will be sold off to Romanian immigrants.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap garnet and quartz while also adding rubies, emeralds and other more precious gems. Meanwhile the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: This year marks the 100th anniversary of the Sultanate and it is quite eventful, as Sultan Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad dies and and his son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad’s coronation is held and he is the new Sultan, thus ending the rule of the Grand Council. As a result of the 100th anniversay of the Sulanate, the death of Abul Mulahlmin Ibn Nquad, and the coronation of Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad as the new Sultan, there is a massive parade in the centre of Baghdad. turn. With Sultan Abull Mulahlmin Ibn With our nation being re-established 100 years ago, there is a grand parade held in the center of Baghdad, celebrating 100 years of Manusurryian Sultanate History, and many reflect on what has happened. It all started with Aashif ibn Nuquad, who reestablished the Mansurryian Caliphate after 57 years of its collapse, and made a deal with the Ottoman (now Damascan) Sultanate to be a Sultanate rather than a Caliphate in return for an eternal alliance. In order to gain control of the Sultanate, he conducted the Great Mansurryian Purge like his grandfather, Caliph Fatih, before him. After the Purge, Sultan Aashif Ibn Nuquad implemented the Mosque Model, which built up the infrastructure and the economy of the Sultanate significantly. Later, the Safavids collapsed, and the Sultanate and the Safavids went into a Union together, were the Great Safavid Purge took place. Unfortunately, however, the Safavids revolted, and the Sultan was killed, thus sending the nation into chaos. Thus the Interim Government under the Grand Council, conducted the Second Great Mansurryian Purge and declared the six year Great Safavid War in order to avenge the Sultan. After the war, the reign of Sultan Amir began, and it was a reign of peace, with the focus of the rebuilding of the Mansurryian Sultanate and Southern Persia under the Mosque Model. After 12 years under the Mosque Model (1568-1580), the Rebuilding Era was over, and Sultan Amir focused on the economy and vassalized Oman over the period of ten years (1580-1590) and Queshm Island was vassalized within five years (1585-1590). From 1590-1595 Milh, Masirah, and Baharain was vassalized. From 1590-1600 the military and the Grand Mosque of Baghdad was being built. In 1600, the Grand Mosque of Baghdad was built up and Sultan  Abdul-MuhaiminIbn Nuquad built up the infrastructure and economy from 1600-1632. In 1622-1632, the Interim Government took over and continued the Sultan’s policies of peace, until the Aeyptian War took place (1626-1629) The Sultan’s son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad was the general of the Manssuryian force in Aegypt and the chief Mansurryian diplomat of The Treaty of Alexandria, which lead to the creation of the Red Sea Governate and the Southern Sinai Governate. Now two years later, Asim’s father has died, and Asim is the new Sultan. Because The Aegyptian War and the Treaty of Alexandria brought wealth, land, power, and glory to Manssuryia, and brought the approval and the love of his father, Sultan Asim Asad Ibn Nquad believes that having a strong military is the key to the success of the Sultanate, and thus begins a massive military build up throughout the nation and to all mainland vassals. With our 100th anniversary, we elect Sultan Abuil Mulalmin Ibn Nquad as the new leading Sultan of the UIN)
 * Southern Persia: Infrastructure build up is complete. We now go back to building up military.
 * Oman: Military build up restarts.
 * Queshm Island: Military is built up.
 * Milh: The Governor was installed one year ago during the transnational period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Implementation of the Mosque Model. Mil turn. With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593. Now that it is the year 1600, we open up our port, Milh, access will be proposed, negotiated, accepted, or declined under Mansurryian diplomacy.
 * As a result of the land exchange for Masirah and trading rights, Yemen cedes part of Yemeni Eritrea to us, consisting of OTL Djibouti, and we found the port city of New Baghdad (OTL Djibouti City) as the colony's capital. The colony of New Baghdad also includes Ali Sabielh, as a sort of inland capital to administer New Baghdad's interior, as well as a jump start point for expansion. The Colonial Governor is in charge of New Baghdad, and is met with the traditional Mansurryian welcome of the Mosque Model. (This is especially symbolic since the Mosque Model was introduced to Old Baghdad (Manssuryian Sultanate) 70 years ago. The Mosque Model works like this: Mosques are the centre of the town, and as the centre of each markets and homes are built around the mosques, thus creating towns. As new towns are created roads are created between them, thus fueling the economy. The money used from the economy boom is used to build new mosques, which makes the cycle go all over again. Other results include rise in Sunni Islam and support for the governor. A plan for a road between New Baghdad and Ali Sabieh is being worked out, as well as a plan to connect Addis Ababa, Ali Sabieh and New Baghdad. Wells, along with mosques, are constructed. We expand 50 px inland. We start trading with Romanian Somalia.
 * Southern Suez Governate: With the annexation of Sharm El Sheik and the surrounding area in Southern Suez, we set up Sharm El Sheik as the capital, and we implement the Mosque Model with the intention of it becoming a major port as well.
 * Ming China: The Chinese continue expanding their military.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Military, navy and economy improve. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 2,800,000. Qusqo is currently the largest city, (160,000), followed by Peru (67,000), Machu Picchu (64,000), Chimu (39,000) and Sican (36,000) and New Burgandy (33,000). The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Cava hits the age of 24 while Apeac II hits age 19. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (410,000), Hurin Qosquo (266,000), Hurin Nazca (110,000), Wanka (109,000), Hanan Nazca (102,000), Hurin Chimor (98,000), Anti Chimo, (90,000), Aymara (66,000), Willkapampa (45,000), and La Paz (28,000). The four quarters, orSuyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu  (755,000),  Chimor Suyu (168,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Representing the large German minority, city with the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr and the Zapotec begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationalist movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier. Having received ships from Spain, the Inca Navy is formed and the First Fleet of the Inca is christened. We thank Spain for the loan and we begin to reconstruct Hurin Nazca. "The Great Plague" makes a re-emergence in the Eastern and Western most districts, stunning growth outside of Cuzco Suyu. With the Death of Apeac the First, his son takes the throne. Within a year of taking the throne, he proves himself to be a radical. One of his first actions is to enact the Qosqo Codes, four new codes that serve as a new standard of laws within the Empire. The first code creates a limited parliament, giving votes only to those who live in the Golden Cities. This new parliament can also only suggest laws, of which the Sapa Inca can reject. The second code creates the first university in the Inca Empire, the University of Hanan Qosqo. The third code officially passes the Laws of Succession which were drafted years ago. The fourth and final code sets up the standardized Inca Census organization, a government-funded body that deals with managing population growth and conducting the census. With the acquisition of the Northern territories, they are divided into two different nations under the Inca: Collaquimbaya and Hanan Peru. As agreed at the end of the war, we work to meet France's quota of gold and other resources.
 * Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 400,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Military, navy and economy improve. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 50,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 35,000.
 * Collaquimbaya: With the Inca acquisition of the territory, a new government in established. Military and economy improve as work on irrigation and agriculture begins. An emphasis is placed on making use of the territory's minerals. Population stands at 10,000. The capital is set to be built by 1645 and is to be Called Apec.
 * Hanan Peru: With the acquisition of the territory, the Inca establish a new government. Miltiary navy and economy improve as work on irrigation and agriculture begins. An emphasis is placed on making use of the territory's minerals. Population stands at roughly 500,000. The capital is set as Chan Chan, with a population of 60,000.
 * In Pskov, more water wheels start to appear, and more farmers, not happy that they are producing excess food, instead of producing excess food, begin producing a crop they can sell in the fields where excess food is growing, namely, flax seed, the main ingredient in linen cloth. Pskov's population continually grows along with its GDP and average wages, as Russia (and possibly Eastern Europe)'s largest city continues its economic golden age. In thanks for the help with conquest of Maputo, Narva receives this year's shipment of ships for free, financed by the Pskovian government. Also, 5% of all the gold mined in Zlatobrezhie. The Scientists in Pskov continue their studies, and some begin to speculate and try to figure out what this "action at a distance" is that keeps planets in orbit of the sun, and moons orbiting planets and so on and so forth. Meanwhile, the Bank of Pskov grows larger, and starts giving out new bills, with signatures of the Bank Head and Deputy bank head at the time of print (which is also written on the bill) to prevent counterfeit. Printing methods are approved and Pskov continues to be the intellectual and cultural center of Russia, while also being its largest city. The Academy of Pskov begins more research with microscopes. The Grand Prince of Pskov, Stepan Lavrov the Great, passes away in his sleep, to the mourning of the entire nation. Elections are pursued swiftly, and Posadnitsa Elena Mikhailovna Kondratieva is nominated and then wins the election, becoming the first female Ruler of the Pskov Republic. She Is announced later that month as Her Grace, Elena Mikhailovna Kondratieva, By the Will of the People and Veche Grand Duchess(Velikaya Knyaginya) of Pskov and Leader of Her Armies, . She resigns as Posadnitsa later that day. Leonid Nikulavich Chutskiy is elected as her replacement. She is seen as a strong ruler by many at this point, doing much fo the actual governing in the last days of Grand Prince Stepan.
 * ​The Republic of Narva: Continues its military growth. The Riigikogu Passes legislation hiring Pskovian Guards to temporarily remain as the nation's military force. Some Pskovian Merchants set up shop in Narva, and begin selling their products. However, some very oportunistic ones begin setting up not simply markets, but hiring and moving some of their staff to Narva to help with the development of Production. Meanwhile, the efficiency of farming continues to grow as Pskovian methods are imported. Culture begins to grow as well, as some questionists continue to spread their works. Vurstiina Maria Becomes more and more despotic as the years grow by, violating the constitution, and re-instituting the death penalty by hanging. THis worries Gunnar, but he stays silent, and as Maria starts hunting the "enemies of her rule", the men she says "hate me because I am a woman", he stays silent, but begins to meet with others in the south because he is worried she might become too paranoid and take this too far ...
 * The Pskov Imperial Company (PIC): Continues its trading, stock exchanging, and overall richer getting while simultaneously building more ships and growing the shipyard-town of Novoprussiysk. The PIC moves in to trade with many nations, opening branches wherever it can. Meanwhile, some trade expeditions are sent around Africa to China and Japan, to attempt to establish some sort of diplomatic and trade relationships with the mysterious nations of the far east (to whom they have a monopoly, excluding land routes). Any Indian nation asked the right to establish trade with minimal tariff, and so are certain Indochinese nations and Indonesian nations. More money is made and everybody triumphs.
 * The PIC Possession of Zlatobrezhie: receives its new High Namestnik, Yaroslav Godunov. He looks at his people, and decides that the law that requires more Missionaries are sent to Zlatobrezhie in order to christianize the people, and first and foremost christen the rebels. The Bishop of Pskov gives leave to Father Gabriel Zuganov to go and lead the Misson in Zlatobrezhie, and establish the first cathedral in the capital of Sofala. More Missionaries come to the region to christianize the population, with varied success. The Language laws change, and High Namestnik Godunov decrees that any language may be used in the streets, however, the Pskov Dialect of Russian, and "Great United Russian" are the official administrative languages, and the official language of education, he sets a goal that by the end of the 17th century, every citizen of Zlatobrezhie will know Russian, and tries to set a precedent. The use of violence by the PIC military decreases this year, and even with the "Blank check" to stifle armed rebellion, he allows for most things. However Adoption and knowledge of Russian is esential to his plans, and begins to encourage the knowledge of Russian because traders coming from Pskov are only allowed to work with people who know the language, and by putting that restriction on what will become the largest trade partners of the locals, he will want the locals to learn Russian to trade with Pskovians. In contrast to his predecessor, who is viewed by many as a despot who kills any dissenters, he wants to put himself as a good person, and contnues to build the beginings of a state.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to military. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by reinforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland, and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3,000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat. We ask to purchase Westenland back from France, and also offer an alliance in Africa, promising to aid them in their colonial endeavours. With their numbers dwindling in the wild, we capture a large number of aurochs from Poland to be kept in captivity. We accept the offer from Marx and begin investing in his creation. A submersible device is purchased for our navy to be tested in combat. A second colony is established in western Newfoundland and settlements on the island continue to expand. Research into scientific fields continues.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: This turn is dedicated to military development. We begin rebuilding our nation’s manpower and military capabilities after the series of recent wars. Trade continues between neighboring nations and allies, as well as to our colonies in the Imperial Sea. Ship production is increased in our ports, with new shipyards and docks being constructed to facilitate larger garrisons of trade ships and military vessels.
 * Polish Imperial Isles: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Steady streams of colonists reach the island of St Stanislaus, where they will soon be sent onto the islands of St Otto and Nowy Krakow to settle.
 * Prussia: This turn is dedicated to military in Prussia and in the nations of Estland, Riga, Livonia, Osel-Wiek, and Courland, and the colonies of the Zollern Insels and Neu Franken, as well as all other territories and possessions. Naval shipyards are expanded and we begin producing warships and transports. Trade continues with our neighbors and allies. Our colonies of Neu Franken and the Zollern Insels in Borealia continue to expand. The population continues to grow from the introduction of new Borealian crops into Prussia and the frequent trade our trade posts in the New World have opened up. New warships are built regularly, and several new drydocks and shipyards are created or expanded to facilitate the production or repair of large ships. We continue to influence Osel-Wiek and Courland.
 * The Kiatagmiut Band: Continues along its nomadic course, making use of its remaining luussitars in order to make the annual journey to the coast to secure food and supplies for the eventual winter. As the men are out hunting for elk and reindeer one day, a raid upon the temporary camp is made, resulting in the capture of the arnaq, or woman, of the Great Elder. This news is received by the hunting leader, who decides that the only possible course of action must be war. While the more traditional older warriors continue on foot, some of the younger warriors, especially those who have grown fond of and begun to take care the luussitar, ride the horses into combat and engage in battle with deadly precision. After the heat of the battle clears with the death of the opposing great elder, it becomes clear that this band is the same one that stole from the Kiatagmiut last year - the rival band of Akulmiut Yup'ik, based out of Kassigluq. Once this is determined, the Great Elder Kayuqtuq takes the arnaq of the rival great elder as one of his wives. In doing so, the villages formerly ruled under Kassigluq fall under the Kiatagmiut band. As a result, this summer has been one of great surplus because now there are twice as many people working toward a common goal. After the wind starts to cool, Kayuqtuq leads the much-larger band back to Mamterilleq, with new luussitars that have grown up over the summer. As fall arrives at the Kusquqvak River, Kayuqtuq calls a council of all elders and agakkuq (shamans) to discuss how to keep the people, once at war, united under a common banner. All told, the population at the end of winter is about 2000 people, spread out between seven summer camps - Mamterilleq, Kuiggayagaq, Napaskiaq, and Kuiggluk (the original four camps) as well as Kassigluq, Atmalluaq, and Nunapicuar (the three new camps). Some less furry luussitars die again this year, resulting in the High Shaman theorizing about why the soul forces of the less hairy luussitars do not sustain themselves as well as the hairier luussitar.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1637, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. King Franz-Heinrich, aged 61, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with  Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Franz-Heinrich continues to attempt the propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 40% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 10,000 remaining in Saxony, and 15,000 in Thuringia. Starting in 1595, several high Saxon nobles are displaced, mostly by having their titles and lands revoked, and given out to Bavarian nobility. Franz-Heinrich declares his son, Leopold, to be his heir. In colonial news, Franz-Heinrich sets his eyes upon Chitimach, Acolapissa, and Pensacola.Most of the court agree he wants to subjugate the tribes, and many expect formal land claims to be written up within the next few years.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1637, Queen Isabell University continues to grow. Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Franz-Heinrich normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Duchy of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Fehmarn: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Wismar: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Wismar is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern, reaching a population of 2100, expands this year. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. In 1595, the settlement of Bayreuth is founded in Jülichsberg in early March. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 250 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 250 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific Coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of Jülichsberg, 100 sq km southward onto the smaller island south of Katharinas-Hafen, and a final 100 sq km northward, past Jülichsberg, up the coast of mainland Borealia. The militias and shops are developed.
 * Zapoteca: Zapoteca continues trading with the newly independent nations on the Imperial Gulf, mainly Chitimach and Mikasuki (Seminoles): Trade continues in earnest with Mikasuki, to uplift the nation economically. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 7500 sq km north with the help of Spanish explorers.

1639
Lightning strikes the gunpowder tower of the castle of Bredevoort, causing an explosion that destroys parts of the castle and the town, killing Lord Anthonie of Bredevoort and his family, as well as others.

'''After many decades of building up strength and training its military, the Fusahito Theocracy launches the Second Japanese Unification War with the invasion of several remaining daimyo states. Some daimyos surrender in the face of overwhelming Imperial force, but a few will not surrender their honor or independence and resist.'''

The followers of Francisco, headed by Safar, have grown, and now have a strong growing community in rural Iceland, uninterrupted, and non-intervening in the affairs of Iceland.


 * Duchy of Hamburg: Economy expanded.
 * Duchy of Mecklenburg: Economy expanded.
 * County of Holstein: Economy expanded.
 * Duchy of Stade: Economy expanded.
 * Karsland: Economy expanded.
 * Neu Braunschweig: Economy expanded.


 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, Garcia Manrique de Lara, grandson of the king, marries Catarina de Barcelos, daughter of Afonso XI de Barcelos, Lord of Barcelos.
 * Imperium of Heaven: The old Liao dynasty is officially dissolved as God Emperor Ozai takes his place as the head of the Imperium of Heaven. Economic reform continues, as tentative trade requests are sent to the Ming and Wu, both of which have extensive economic contact with Europe. Trade offers are also sent to Mongolia, Western Chatagi Khanate, Fusahito Theocracy, and the Mongol Khanate. Regardless of official policy on the matter, Imperium merchants begin to trade with ernest with those nations as they are now free of the economic restrictions imposed by the deposed Liao. Melee weapons are increasingly abandoned in favor of firearms, which are easily learned and far more deadly at long ranges. However, shortages of gunpowder and metal cause a large increase in archers, to make up for the lack of guns as ranged combat becomes the focus in battles. The census sets the population at 3.4 million, with 150,000 living in the capital city of Oskemen. Infrastructure continues to be improved, with a new capital city under construction. The road system continues to be built, with 300 miles having been laid down since last year.
 * Mongol Khanate: We want no part with Wu. They rape my sister and we send the swine of people to die in our death camps but we will trade with Ming and others.
 * Vorlayacor: Construction on the galleons continues, and incorporation of the remaining northwest territories begins. Fishing sees a surge in popularity along the coast, both as a career and as a hobby. The army continues its training. Mathematicians at the university of Vorlayacor continue their studies of limits and change.
 *  Courland:   The government sends a request out for trade agreements and alliances with surrounding countries. We begin to construct a port city. The government also performs a census count, finding a population of 301,845 people in the nation. We form a small army of 2000 soldiers. We build three sloops of war and take five fishing boats, mounting one cannon on each one of them.


 * Courland is owned by Prussia. 
 * OK, thanks for telling me.
 * |onte: The rice and grain supplies show some strain, as the city grows more reliant on the gifts from country farmers. |onte has a growing number of farmers. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,860,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon dies. Mon X takes the head of the Eheresito hu Suida, and maintains relations with both Zimbabwe and !Xoonte. Mon X has noticed that Mon V's works in Zimbabwe can be well felt, as the higher class uses |on frequently. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intellegensia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene.
 * TheKiatagmiut_1640.png Kiatagmiut Band, following last years' conquests under Kayuqtuq, begins to consider the advantages of encompassing larger numbers of people. As spring arrives, the trek to the summer camp goes much faster as the luussitar population has increased to be large enough for all old, young, and crippled members of the Band to travel with ease. As the travel to the summer site is concluded with great speed, the group of Unegkumiuts located at the village of Naparyarraq are encountered near traditional Kiatagmiut summer lands. Interested to see the implications of further growth in terms of the presitge of the Kiatagmiut among other Yup'ik bands, Kayuqtuq prepares his warriors for the conquest of Naparyarraq. Using the magnificient array of Inuit weaponry in conjunction with the luussitar advantage, which is now fully used, to astonishing results. The people of Naparyarraq submit themselves to the will of Kayuqtuq and the High Shaman of the Kiatagmiut. This leads to the entirety of the upper parts of the Kusquqvak River under control of the Kiatagmiut Band. With a much larger population than before, Kayuqtuq leads a meeting of the Great Amellrutaq, the legislature of the Band, at which it is suggested that every year, one-half of the villages will remain at their village during the summer while the other half gathers supplies during the summer. This rotation will then enable the people remaining at the winter camp to construct grander and warmer residences and towns, as well as allowing for finer crafts and supplies to be created. While hotly debated in the Elder Council, the General Council resoundingly supported the measure, ensuring its eventual success. Called "the Lavkar Reforms" because they will allow for the construction of the first advanced houses, this change will first be implemented next year. Meanwhile, there are a record number of luussitars born during this spring, and the High Shaman continues to investigate the hairiness of the luussitars as a spiritual matter of life forces. Meanwhile, as the band returns to Mamterilleq, the nearby camps of Akiacur and Akiaq trade with the Kiatagmiuts for the first time as the Kiatagmiuts have an excess.
 * Ghana: We take a census of our population, and begin to construct defenses on our borders. Our military builds up. We request alliances with other African nations. The government looks to construct several small boats for trade. Farmers start to grow crops and raise cattle.
 * Wu China: We continue to build up military and economy, we increase our fleet size to 60 ships. We also start construction on a miniature great wall around our territory.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo and Ulsan.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 6500 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 3400 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans  Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue poping out and growing as well as tobacco plantation in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). Fiji expands by 100 sq km.
 * Ghana: We offer France an alliance.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE- German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
 * French Mali: Military and economy are built up.
 * Ghana: We offer French Mali an alliance.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up.
 * County of Oldenburg: Neu Juist expands and the military improves.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: Economy improves.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: David Maskawa musters 1500 men in the capital and the most heavily Christianized areas, counterattacking to break the siege of Aksimiki. Meanwhile, Tuktists in the areas held by his troops are persecuted, with their houses begin robbed and many being shot without cause. The Catholic militias attack Maskekon, but are repelled by Tuktist troops. Isapo-Muxixa agrees to marry the daughter of the mod important Basque figure, enabling him to add 300 Basques to his troops and launch a drive for Aksimiki. His forces meet Maskawa's outside Nhu Euskadi, where their cavalry superiority enables them to defeat the Christian forces, cutting them to pieces> Maskawa flees to Aksimiki, which is again besieged.
 * Nemaska'spopulation spikes as Basques and Livonians settle in the area, bringing new industries and skills. The economy improves. Nemaska supports Isapo.
 * Chisasibi: The military is improved, while new roads are built to connect Chisasibi to the rest of the nation. Port facilities also improve. Chisasibi supports Isapo.
 * Now vassalized, Gojijiwininag works to improve its military, refusing to support either side in the unrest.
 * Piankeshaw: Improves its economy as trade begins to flow. The tribe is promoted as separate from the Twightee. Order is kept by 2000 soldiers, all of whom remain neutral in the unrest.
 * Tibet: Buddhist temples are CONTINUING to be built. Roads are continuing to be fixed so that travelers on the Silk Roads can easily get to our nation. New roads to the Tartary are being mapped out. Our own version of the arquebus gun is being made. Farming is our most important industry. We mine resources in our caves. We ask the people of our nation if they can help increase the population. The military is increasing due to new TRAINING that has been made. This new TRAINING is line infantry training with marching aspects. The military is BECOMING bigger due to new tech and more people joining. We ask Uighur, Si Chuan, and Yun Nan for alliances. We open our borders to let Chinese people in. We allow people to practice Confucianism. Trading goes well with the Chinese. Movable type printing becomes the standerd for printing newspapers in our nation.
 * Nepal: We build up our military and economy.
 * Chutiya: We build up our military and economy.
 * Shan States: We build up our military and economy.
 * Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand their military
 * Westphalia: Wilhelm V dies and is succeeded by Wilhelm VI. The military is improved.
 * East Cologne: The military is improved.
 * East Trier: The military is improved.
 * Mainz: The military is improved.
 * Palatinate: The military is improved.
 * Taiwan: We offer Tibet an alliance.
 * In Pskov, more water wheels start to appear, and more farmers, not happy that they are producing excess food, instead of producing excess food, begin producing a crop they can sell in the fields where excess food is growing, namely, flax seed, the main ingredient in linen cloth. Pskov's population continually grows along with its GDP and average wages, as Russia (and possibly Eastern Europe)'s largest city continues its economic golden age. In thanks for the help with conquest of Maputo, Narva receives this year's shipment of ships for free, financed by the Pskovian government. Also, 5% of all the gold mined in Zlatobrezhie. The Scientists in Pskov continue their studies, and some begin to speculate and try to figure out what this "action at a distance" is that keeps planets in orbit of the sun, and moons orbiting planets and so on and so forth. Meanwhile, the Bank of Pskov grows larger, and starts giving out new bills, with signatures of the Bank Head and Deputy bank head at the time of print (which is also written on the bill) to prevent counterfeit. Printing methods are approved and Pskov continues to be the intellectual and cultural center of Russia, while also being its largest city. The Academy of Pskov begins more research with microscopes. Grand Duchess Elena Kondratieva is blissfully unaware of the gravity of the situation in Narva, although is concerned with Maria's actions. However, when the issue is brought up before the veche, it can not come to a complete decision, many at first thinking it was a simple city rebelling, as it was in the begining, and not a full blown revolution, thus below their standard. In any case, The Bank of Pskov and the Mint of Pskov store their gold mined in Zlatobrezhie in giant vaults, until it can be minted, being extremely careful not to overinflate their currency, which is one of the highest valued coins in Europe. But in any case, she begins to look at the situation with great care, being careful, as she wants to keep Narva in Pskov's sphere of influence somehow, and having a revolution is not good for business ...
 * ​The Republic of Narva: Continues its military growth. The Vurstiina Maria Becomes more and more despotic as the years grow by, violating the constitution, and re-instituting the death penalty by hanging, she creates secret police and begins summarily executing many questionists and dissenters, angering many people. She even goes so far this year, as to suspend the Parliament indefinitely, and become an absolute ruler. Rhetoric shouted by her to her people is certainly not good. This puts Gunnar over the top, and with some support, and with the support of the people of the city of Polva, declares himself the Inimeste Vürst, People's Prince, of Narva, and raises an inverted Narvan flag over the city, and raises an army, declaring that Maria has forfeited the title as soon as she became an absolutist monarch. A Republican at heart, Gunnar wages war on the neighbouring areas, gaining the loyalty of many citizens by peaceful means, many having already faced the wrath of Maria's Secret Police. By the end of the year, Gunnar carves himself a nice chunk of land in central narva, cutting the nation in half. Thus begins the War of Gunnar the Bastard . Maria announces the official succesion laws would be Primogeniture, and thus her eldest son and child, Hendrik, will be the next Vurst of Narva. This angers many that believed at first that Maria took the post of her father to avert chaos, not sow the beginings of an absolute monarchy.
 * The Pskov Imperial Company (PIC): Continues its trading, stock exchanging, and overall richer getting while simultaneously building more ships and growing the shipyard-town of Novoprussiysk. The PIC moves in to trade with many nations, opening branches wherever it can. Meanwhile, some trade expeditions are sent around Africa to China and Japan, to attempt to establish some sort of diplomatic and trade relationships with the mysterious nations of the far east (to whom they have a monopoly, excluding land routes). Any Indian nation asked the right to establish trade with minimal tariff, and so are certain Indochinese nations and Indonesian nations. More money is made and everybody triumphs.
 * The PIC Possession of Zlatobrezhie: Receives its new High Namestnik, Yaroslav Godunov. He looks at his people, and decides that the law that requires more Missionaries are sent to Zlatobrezhie in order to christianize the people, and first and foremost christen the rebels. The Bishop of Pskov gives leave to Father Gabriel Zuganov to go and lead the Misson in Zlatobrezhie, and establish the first cathedral in the capital of Sofala. More Missionaries come to the region to christianize the population, with varied success. The Language laws change, and High Namestnik Godunov decrees that any language may be used in the streets, however, the Pskov Dialect of Russian, and "Great United Russian" are the official administrative languages, and the official language of education, he sets a goal that by the end of the 17th century, every citizen of Zlatobrezhie will know Russian, and tries to set a precedent. The use of violence by the PIC military decreases this year, and even with the "Blank check" to stifle armed rebellion, he allows for most things. However Adoption and knowledge of Russian is essential to his plans, and begins to encourage the knowledge of Russian because traders coming from Pskov are only allowed to work with people who know the language, and by putting that restriction on what will become the largest trade partners of the locals, he will want the locals to learn Russian to trade with Pskovians. In contrast to his predecessor, who is viewed by many as a despot who kills any dissenters, he wants to put himself as a good person, and contnues to build the beginings of a state.
 * Taiwan: We offer Spain a trade agreement in exchange for military protection. We perform a population count and find 1,900,000 people in our nation. Most are Han Chinese in descent, and the population available for combat is 580,000 men between the age of 17 and 50. The government reaches out to the world for trade and allies. We encourage farmers to grow more, and look to possibly liberate Tainan from China.
 * Taiwan isn't a country.
 * Zapoteca: Zapoteca continues trading with the newly independent nations on the Imperial Gulf, mainly Chitimach and Mikasuki (Seminoles): Trade continues in earnest with Mikasuki, to uplift the nation economically. The Emperor continues financing Spanish settlers to come to the kingdom and marry into the population. Trade increases and continues with the Spanish. The Emperor expands roadways connecting cities in the alliance to help merchants and soldiers move freer between them. The military, which had been outdated for many years, continues to be upgraded. The economy booms with trade as a result of the roads. Naval technology is rapidly advanced under the Spanish with an advancing fleet of 25 light and medium ships purchased from Spain. The Emperor orders more to be manufactured to bring in goods from the sea. Itzapam continues prospering under Zapotecan rule, improving their military. Zapoteca expands 7500 sq km north with the help of Spanish explorers.
 * Czardom of Croatia: Croatia focuses primarily on its economy. Trade routes are strengthened after and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the Czar. The Czar issues an organizational reform, hoping to effectively improve the administrative divisions and making sure that the power of the nobility is finally obliterated. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. With the economic crisis, the Czar searches for ways to relief his nation. The influx of new resources from is expected to aid. However, the Czar recalls the issue of the war against Austria, before Croatia became a Czardom and makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation of the worth of gold. Bartholomeus Johannes de Dominis (Bartol Ivan de Dominis), a member of the brothers of the Raven develops the 'theory of the rainbow' by drawing attention to the fact that in each raindrop the light undergoes two refractions and an intermediate reflection. He publishes it in his work Tractatus de radiis visus et lucis in vitris, perspectivis et iride. Moreover, in the University of Split there are found numerous manuscripts of Bran, one of which is entitled Pretpostavljajući predodređenost (Presuming predestination).
 * Croatian Kingdom of Western Hungary: The Knyazdom's economy is primarily expanded. The nations is brought closer to the Czardom.
 * Croatian Knezdom of Dahomey: The economy is primarily developed. The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1639, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. King Franz-Heinrich, aged 63, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. The Curia Bavaria order the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with  Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, and Scandinavia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice, and a future union with Hesse and currently a dynastic union with the Palatinate. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law. In domestic news, King Franz-Heinrich continues to attempt the propagation of the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 40% of Bavaro-Germany secondary speakers in Saxony and Wurzburg, as well as a slew of minority speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 10,000 remaining in Saxony, and 15,000 in Thuringia. Starting in 1595, several high Saxon nobles are displaced, mostly by having their titles and lands revoked, and given out to Bavarian nobility. Franz-Heinrich declares his son, Leopold, to be his heir. In colonial news, Franz-Heinrich sets his eyes upon Chitimach, Acolapissa, and Pensacola.Most of the court agree he wants to subjugate the tribes, and many expect formal land claims to be written up within the next few years.
 * Grand Duchy of Landshut: Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. The Curia Bavaria continue to operate. Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Munchen: By 1639, Queen Isabell University continues to grow. Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The Collegiate Writs begin to draw more men to college.
 * Duchy of Straubing: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Duchy of Ingolstadt: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County Burgau: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Nurnburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Burggrafschaft: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Bamberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * County of Wurzburg: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * Grand Duchy of Greater Saxony: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Franz-Heinrich normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Duchy of Swabia-Württemberg: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Fehmarn: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Wismar: Troops authorized by Franz-Heinrich continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Wismar is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern, reaching a population of 2100, expands this year. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, and Bayreuth all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. In 1595, the settlement of Bayreuth is founded in Jülichsberg in early March. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 250 sq km northward up the Wilhelmsbaum coast, 250 sq km around the south end of the island onto the Pacific Coast, 50 sq km on the mainland eastward of Jülichsberg, 100 sq km southward onto the smaller island south of Katharinas-Hafen, and a final 100 sq km northward, past Jülichsberg, up the coast of mainland Borealia. The militias and shops are developed.
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Constantius II, now 46, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Romania, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also, terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Dan takes notice of the new practice of terrace farming. He quickly implements a series of reforms to build many hundreds of these farms all along the Carpathians and in Bulgaria. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of populous. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. Food surpluses drive down prices. The population begins to grow at an extremely rapid pace (1% growth rate) due to the sudden depression in food prices. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by flintlocks. More disputes occur in the senate. Constantius’ son Vladimir II reaches the age of 18. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow. After years of growth the population of Dacia reaches roughly 5.38 million and rising.
 * Kiev: The military becomes more professional, and officers arrive from Dacia to train the soldiers. The economy grows more this year as much farmland becomes cultivated after years of disuse. The rapid population growth in Dacia causes an Immigration rush, as Romanians looking for cheap land swarm the southern half of Kiev.
 * Halych: Prince Yarlslav II continues growing the economy and military.
 * East Hungary: The economy and military are improved as more land becomes farmed. The Romanians bring with them the practice of terraced farming which begins to appear in Hungary. Many of the Magyar noble families are forced to marry into Romanian houses to retain their lands, otherwise it will be sold off to Romanian immigrants.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and the cities of Bosaso and Qandala grow slowly. The economy of Mogadishu continues to grow, production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap garnet and quartz while also adding rubies, emeralds and other more precious gems. Meanwhile the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Military, navy and economy improve. The Inca government begins to quash the National's attacks against the Empire. Roughly 5% of the Inca population supports the nationals, with another 60% supporting the government. The remaining 30% are neutral. Population across the empire hits 2,800,000. Qusqo is currently the largest city, (160,000), followed by Peru (67,000), Machu Picchu (64,000), Chimu (39,000) and Sican (36,000) and New Burgandy (33,000). The Inca begin to push east as well. The areas taken in the push east are organized into the Willkapampa Wamani. The areas between the Wanka Wamani and Chimorsuyu are also incorporated into the empire. The total size of the army hits 29,000. Cava hits the age of 24 while Apeac II hits age 19. The number of districts, or Wamani, in the empire is ten. They are, in decreasing order of population: Hanan Qosqo (410,000), Hurin Qosquo (266,000), Hurin Nazca (110,000), Wanka (109,000), Hanan Nazca (102,000), Hurin Chimor (98,000), Anti Chimo, (90,000), Aymara (66,000), Willkapampa (45,000), and La Paz (28,000). The four quarters, orSuyu of the empire, in decreasing order of population, are: Cuzco Suyu  (755,000),  Chimor Suyu (168,000), Nazca Suyu (282,000), and Aymara Suyu (67,000). Not every district falls under one of the Suyu. Following an attack on the La Paz settlement, it comes under direct control of the Inca government. The southern border expands to absorb it, making it into the La Paz district. The capital is founded as New Burgundy, to represent a large French minority in the empire, in OTL La Paz. Representing the large German minority, city with the creation of the Hesperian League, the Inca economy begins to expand and ties with Vorlyclayr and the Zapotec begin to deepen. Following the deepening ties with Spain, the Nationalist movement re-emerges, mostly in the eastern frontier. Having received ships from Spain, the Inca Navy is formed and the First Fleet of the Inca is christened. We thank Spain for the loan and we begin to reconstruct Hurin Nazca. "The Great Plague" makes a re-emergence in the Eastern and Western most districts, stunning growth outside of Cuzco Suyu. With the Death of Apeac the First, his son takes the throne. Within a year of taking the throne, he proves himself to be a radical. One of his first actions is to enact the Qosqo Codes, four new codes that serve as a new standard of laws within the Empire. The first code creates a limited parliament, giving votes only to those who live in the Golden Cities. This new parliament can also only suggest laws, of which the Sapa Inca can reject. The second code creates the first university in the Inca Empire, the University of Hanan Qosqo. The third code officially passes the Laws of Succession which were drafted years ago. The fourth and final code sets up the standardized Inca Census organization, a government-funded body that deals with managing population growth and conducting the census. With the acquisition of the Northern territories, they are divided into two different nations under the Inca: Collaquimbaya and Hanan Peru. As agreed at the end of the war, we work to meet France's quota of gold and other resources.
 * Chiribaya Wamani: The Inca occupation of Chiribaya ends as a new capital is formed. The Capital is named Chirbaya Qosqo, (Chiribaya Central) and is located in OTL Tacna. Population of the nation hits 400,000. The Army of Chiribaya Wamani is formed, replacing the old Chiribaya War Band. Military, navy and economy improve. Chiribaya Qosqo is developed and the city of New Gibraltar is founded in OTL Monquegua. Population of Chiribaya Qosqo hits 50,000, while the population of New Gibraltar hits 35,000.
 * Collaquimbaya: With the Inca acquisition of the territory, a new government in established. Military and economy improve as work on irrigation and agriculture begins. An emphasis is placed on making use of the territory's minerals. Population stands at 10,000. The capital is set to be built by 1645 and is to be Called Apec.
 * Hanan Peru: With the acquisition of the territory, the Inca establish a new government. Miltiary navy and economy improve as work on irrigation and agriculture begins. An emphasis is placed on making use of the territory's minerals. Population stands at roughly 500,000. The capital is set as Chan Chan, with a population of 60,000.
 * Roman Empire: The Roman Empire celebrates the victory over Egypt and the successful recapture of the canal and the right to possess Egypt. As such, the Empire adapts for that, and funds collected from the new canal are sent to finance the construction of the Dacian and Croatian ports as well as a Roman port at Berenice. Emperor Thomas II begins to reach the end of his life. While this is happening, discontent is still brewing amongst the nobles, and it remains to be seen what will happen once he dies. Trade continues to expand across the colonies and the mainland nation and as the province of Egypt has fallen back into the hands of the Romans the food exports help provide the Empire with enough food, reducing reliance on imports from the Tartary. This helps the population grow, typically in areas like Anatolia and Serbia. For his part in defeating the Egyptians and securing peace with the Muslims, Theodore von Chersenosos is given an Imperial Triumph back in Constantinople. Following constant reports of native raids and trouble in the southern colonies, an expedition is sent to deal with the problem. As the aftermath of the revolution dies down, the Roman Empire is now at peace, and the Imperial Senate is eager to work with the Emperor to protect said peace. Military and administrative reforms take place to help ensure stability. Forces join the Halvar cause in Scandinavia, as the two royal dynasties are related by blood.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius familiy returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. To help faciliate the loyalty and fair rule of the Egyptians, the Coptic Pope is asked to look into the possibility of signing the Unification of the Churches, so as to grant the Egyptians greater voice in Chrisitianity as well as make them theological equals with Constantinople. This is further considered by the Coptic Pope, and the Patriarch of Constantinople goes to Alexandria to help with that endeavor. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the roo
 * t. Mansuryian Sultanate: This year marks the 100th anniversary of the Sultanate and it is quite eventful, as Sultan Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad dies and and his son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad’s coronation is held and he is the new Sultan, thus ending the rule of the Grand Council. As a result of the 100th anniversay of the Sulanate, the death of Abul Mulahlmin Ibn Nquad, and the coronation of Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad as the new Sultan, there is a massive parade in the centre of Baghdad. turn. With Sultan Abull Mulahlmin Ibn With our nation being re-established 100 years ago, there is a grand parade held in the center of Baghdad, celebrating 100 years of Manusurryian Sultanate History, and many reflect on what has happened. It all started with Aashif ibn Nuquad, who reestablished the Mansurryian Caliphate after 57 years of its collapse, and made a deal with the Ottoman (now Damascan) Sultanate to be a Sultanate rather than a Caliphate in return for an eternal alliance. In order to gain control of the Sultanate, he conducted the Great Mansurryian Purge like his grandfather, Caliph Fatih, before him. After the Purge, Sultan Aashif Ibn Nuquad implemented the Mosque Model, which built up the infrastructure and the economy of the Sultanate significantly. Later, the Safavids collapsed, and the Sultanate and the Safavids went into a Union together, were the Great Safavid Purge took place. Unfortunately, however, the Safavids revolted, and the Sultan was killed, thus sending the nation into chaos. Thus the Interim Government under the Grand Council, conducted the Second Great Mansurryian Purge and declared the six year Great Safavid War in order to avenge the Sultan. After the war, the reign of Sultan Amir began, and it was a reign of peace, with the focus of the rebuilding of the Mansurryian Sultanate and Southern Persia under the Mosque Model. After 12 years under the Mosque Model (1568-1580), the Rebuilding Era was over, and Sultan Amir focused on the economy and vassalized Oman over the period of ten years (1580-1590) and Queshm Island was vassalized within five years (1585-1590). From 1590-1595 Milh, Masirah, and Baharain was vassalized. From 1590-1600 the military and the Grand Mosque of Baghdad was being built. In 1600, the Grand Mosque of Baghdad was built up and Sultan  Abdul-MuhaiminIbn Nuquad built up the infrastructure and economy from 1600-1632. In 1622-1632, the Interim Government took over and continued the Sultan’s policies of peace, until the Aeyptian War took place (1626-1629) The Sultan’s son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad was the general of the Manssuryian force in Aegypt and the chief Mansurryian diplomat of The Treaty of Alexandria, which lead to the creation of the Red Sea Governate and the Southern Sinai Governate. Now two years later, Asim’s father has died, and Asim is the new Sultan. Because The Aegyptian War and the Treaty of Alexandria brought wealth, land, power, and glory to Manssuryia, and brought the approval and the love of his father, Sultan Asim Asad Ibn Nquad believes that having a strong military is the key to the success of the Sultanate, and thus begins a massive military build up throughout the nation and to all mainland vassals. With our 100th anniversary, we elect Sultan Abuil Mulalmin Ibn Nquad as the new leading Sultan of the UIN)
 * Southern Persia: Infrastructure build up is complete. We now go back to building up military.
 * Oman: Military build up restarts.
 * Queshm Island: Military is built up.
 * Milh: The Governor was installed one year ago during the transnational period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Implementation of the Mosque Model. Mil turn. With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593. Now that it is the year 1600, we open up our port, Milh, access will be proposed, negotiated, accepted, or declined under Mansurryian diplomacy.
 * As a result of the land exchange for Masirah and trading rights, Yemen cedes part of Yemeni Eritrea to us, consisting of OTL Djibouti, and we found the port city of New Baghdad (OTL Djibouti City) as the colony's capital. The colony of New Baghdad also includes Ali Sabielh, as a sort of inland capital to administer New Baghdad's interior, as well as a jump start point for expansion. The Colonial Governor is in charge of New Baghdad, and is met with the traditional Mansurryian welcome of the Mosque Model. (This is especially symbolic since the Mosque Model was introduced to Old Baghdad (Manssuryian Sultanate) 70 years ago. The Mosque Model works like this: Mosques are the centre of the town, and as the centre of each markets and homes are built around the mosques, thus creating towns. As new towns are created roads are created between them, thus fueling the economy. The money used from the economy boom is used to build new mosques, which makes the cycle go all over again. Other results include rise in Sunni Islam and support for the governor. A plan for a road between New Baghdad and Ali Sabieh is being worked out, as well as a plan to connect Addis Ababa, Ali Sabieh and New Baghdad. Wells, along with mosques, are constructed. We expand 50 px inland. We start trading with Romanian Somalia.
 * Southern Suez Governate: With the annexation of Sharm El Sheik and the surrounding area in Southern Suez, we set up Sharm El Sheik as the capital, and we implement the Mosque Model with the intention of it becoming a major port as well.
 * The Tartary: Continues expansion into Siberia up the three major rivers quite rapidly. As they expand up the rivers, some Ket, Evenki and Sakha people begin requesting for a bit more autonomy, which comes under consideration of the Tatar government. They begin discussing the issues of local rule by the tribal chiefs of the area. Meanwhile, the construction of the Church of Holy Wisdom and the Great Library of Sarai, as well as smaller churches and universities in the nation, finishes. The result is impressively large, with the two things being considered amongst the largest things in regards both to temples and libraries. The population experiences quick growth, as farming is very productive this day. The economy also expands with this and construction efforts, as well as with the displacement of Turks. Most Turks have, by now, massively spread out throughout Siberia. Most have become individual farmers in small-scale farming and logging groups, especially in the primary river basings of Siberia. Reindeer herding also becomes common. The success of this policy in both increasing the population of the Tartary, which is nearly fifteen million by now, and to develop the Siberian hinterland, leads to an attempt to continue its success with other ethnic groups. Expansion into Siberia continues at a faster pace than ever before, and the infrastructure to the east is developed. Roads are constructed in the east of the nation, especially connecting with the Volga basin; roads are also constructed in the west, and forts also continue construction. The military is expanded in the nation, in order to help enforce the national sovereignty of the nation, especially if the western Russian barbarians prove uncooperative. The Pacific fleet, seen as more important by the Grand Kurultay of the Nation, continuesbeing developed, as ten new ships begin construction. One larger ship, inspired on things heard about a Britannian warship, is comissioned; it is to be finished in 18 years time, as planning continues. By now, the Eastern fleet  has nearly 90 ships of small scale and ten of large scale, heavily overshadowing the Black Sea fleet, that is composed of only 20 ships. This heavily improves the economy of the eastern coast of the nation, leading to big population growth and economic development, as the lumber and construction industries build up. The Oirat Khaganate continues in the vassalising process, with Mastoravism growing in the nation and economic influence of the Tartary rapidly developing. Vassailation of the Khaganate should be finished by 1645.
 * Mangut Nivkhgu: Continues territorial development. As Sakhalin has been entirely occupied by Nivkh colonists, the concentration of expansion in the region is located in the Manchu region. The sons of Mang Hangut are heavily interested in stories by their Tatar masters of the territories to their north, and they still wish to establish their "great empire in the white North". The city of Ñeƞdaqo develops its very own shipyards, with the first 20 ships being developed by the Nivkh autorities sent east, to investigate what is in the isles that close the Nivkh Sea to the Neptunic Ocean. More bananas and oranges reach the nation, and the bakers much rejoice as this means more business for their own pastries, which grow more delicious by the day. It is known that the pastries from Mangut Nivkhgu are inherently superior to those of the rest of the world, and the best and most important among all of them, the Tiger's Hand Pastry, might have begun development around this time. The rejoicing of the bakers leads to much economic activity, and the great taste of Nivkh pastry fills the national coffers with gold. The military begins to be constructed to protect the army of bakers and the coffers of the nation from any foreign incursion. Mangut Nivkhgu also develops road networks to connect itself with the rest of the Tatar empire of influence. The lemmings still have no sign of returning to the nation.
 *  Tthe Empire of Parthia:'  Continues its radical reformation of their nation. The road system on the Golestani coast continues to be developed, and its heavily fertile land begins to be farmed more lucratively. The Parthian population grows quite quickly as great farming is increased. A "successor" to the house of Sohae is discovered in Resht as a family tree is discovered (it is entirely possible, however, that this is a fabrication). Sohae, Parni and Suren still have no signs of appearing, and the Five Noble Houses become ever more desperate to find them. The farming on the fertile Hyrcanian coast is heavily developed. This makes the population grow quickly; Parthia is much of the source for more tropical foodstuffs in the Tatar breadbasket, and it makes Permic merchants want to buy them at very high rates. The joint military defensive policy continues to be heavily invested in by the government. Forts and railroads are constructed throughout the nation. Two new large ports are constructed to connect Tatar shipping rates to Mazandarani ones.
 * The Khanate of Khiva: Continues economic and military development. The population does not grow rapidly like in the rest of the Tartary, but does grow, as some Turks settle in the nation and some Kazakhs and Karalparak people settle down in cities. The Khivan authorities completely allow Islam full rights, but it is markedly on decline, as reported by major missionaries who show that attendance to Mastoravic temples is ever larger, and some mosques have been forced to shut down. The road system and economy are developed, as is the Khivan army.
 * The Emirate of Bukhara: Also develops its economy and military. Notably high birthrates are noted amongst the Bukhori Jews. Many Turks arrive on the nation, and begin settling down in the major cities, especially Samarkand and Tashkent, but they keep away from the Tajik regions in the centre and east of the nation. The Mastoravic faith has made many inroads into the nation, especially in the major cities; some estimates believe that up to half the population was Mastoravic, after fifty years of constant missionary work. The population quickly grows. The economy is developed through the construction of road systems with China and Khiva.
 * The Khanate of Azov: Also continues rapid development. The cities of Ine' Fëdor-Osh and Özu-Cale become extremely large, holding large amounts of the population. The city of Bashmachka is founded in the Dnieper river by Crimean Goths, and many Tatars from the right bank of the Dnieper move to the region around the nation. The economy and military are rapidly developed, as are the fortresses of the main ports.
 * The Principality of Chernihiv: develops as well. The population shows quick growth as many Ukrainians leave to the area. However, they unwittingly bring in the Mastoravic faith and extremely heavy Tatar and Volga Uralic influences to their language. The Ukrainian language continues to diverge from standard East Slavic. The economy is developed, as is the military.
 * The Principality of Perm: Continues to develop its huge trade empire. Trade spreads as far west as Scandinavia and Europe and as far east as Mangut Nivkhgu. This leads to great economic growth. The population experiences huge growth and the economy does as well, with money flowing in in tonnes by the population. The military is also developed, as forts are constructed in the western border, and roads are constructed. The nation experiences an economic boom.
 * The Khanate of Bajkal: also experiences development. While the population is not very conductive to growth, the economy is, with many native species and Bajkal water making great rare goods for trade. The military is a lot more prestigious, because of its "seven banners" organisation. Development occurs there.
 * Austria: This turn in both our nation and the nations of Bohemia, Luxembourg, Austrian Switzerland, Lusatia, and our colonial territories and possessions is dedicated to economy. We train and expand our military using new experience from recent wars, and grow our nation economically. In Morocco our position in Melilla is fortified. All fortifications around the region are rebuilt and manned by stationed guards in case of an attack. To protect Melilla the construction of a fortress outside the city is considered, although postponed for now. The port of Melilla is rebuilt to begin operation as a trade port and military outpost. Construction continues on a shipyard in the Melilla port to facilitate the construction and repair of friendly ships. Melilla is granted a permanent naval garrison in the city’s port, to respond to dangers in the area and to support the small garrison on land who mans the fortifications. Our position in Morocco is fortified by reinforcements, bringing Melilla operational against attacks. For now a small fleet is stationed in its harbor, while its garrison continues to hold the north and its supply lines, supporting our Christian brethren. With much of the Muslim population of Melilla left dead after the war against Morocco, the local government attempts to entice settlers by offering large quantities of land to Christian settlers. Many Europeans, particularly of German descent and/or from central Europe begin settling the area around Melilla. With finances from Augsburg-based banking establishments, the Trieste Company continues to launch expeditions to West Africa. Several ships begin construction in Trieste, Melilla, Venice, and other ports, to further facilitate and protect overseas trade. Trade is increased with the Grand Duchy of Bavaria and other trade partners, bringing about new avenues of trade and commerce. Expeditions to the New World continue to increase trade with our possessions, establishing a trade route between Westenland, Reichland, and the West Indies. Trade posts in the Caribbean are expanded and grow as they become more frequently visited. Neu Bruchhausen and Dominisburg continues to expand. We ask to buy back the territory of Kluftland from Hispania, and also offer a potential military alliance to ensure the safe transfer of the territory and to ensure our mutual defense in the future. Military from the time of our union with Spain continues to be reformed and upgraded, forming the tercio, an infantry formation made up of pikemen, swordsmen and arquebusiers in a mutually supportive formation. Each tercio is standardized at 3,000 soldiers, and drilled to be proficient in combat. We ask to purchase Westenland back from France, and also offer an alliance in Africa, promising to aid them in their colonial endeavours. With their numbers dwindling in the wild, we capture a large number of aurochs from Poland to be kept in captivity. We accept the offer from Marx and begin investing in his creation. A submersible device is purchased for our navy to be tested in combat. A second colony is established in western Newfoundland and settlements on the island continue to expand. Research into scientific fields continues.
 * Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth: This turn is dedicated to military development. We begin rebuilding our nation’s manpower and military capabilities after the series of recent wars. Trade continues between neighboring nations and allies, as well as to our colonies in the Imperial Sea. Ship production is increased in our ports, with new shipyards and docks being constructed to facilitate larger garrisons of trade ships and military vessels.
 * Polish Imperial Isles: This turn is officially dedicated to military. Steady streams of colonists reach the island of St Stanislaus, where they will soon be sent onto the islands of St Otto and Nowy Krakow to settle.


 * Prussia: This turn is dedicated to military in Prussia and in the nations of Estland, Riga, Livonia, Osel-Wiek, and Courland, and the colonies of the Zollern Insels and Neu Franken, as well as all other territories and possessions. Naval shipyards are expanded and we begin producing warships and transports. Trade continues with our neighbors and allies. Our colonies of Neu Franken and the Zollern Insels in Borealia continue to expand. The population continues to grow from the introduction of new Borealian crops into Prussia and the frequent trade our trade posts in the New World have opened up. New warships are built regularly, and several new drydocks and shipyards are created or expanded to facilitate the production or repair of large ships. We continue to influence Osel-Wiek and Courland.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 14.2 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. The immigration of multiple high nobles confuses the parliament and King but allows this to continue seeing it as a way to organize troops and territories further under the Viceroy. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment thats been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. The Spanish navy continues to revamp removing older ships from the fleet and selling them off.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area. The Volcano issue is solved with a large mass evacuation and a program to rebuilt the area of a decade is formulated. The eruption, however, has shown the effectiveness of Spanish and Italian troops at organizing and helping an evacuation.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships. 15,000 troops are sent with a decent amount being mercenaries.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated 1.5 million and counting. The Nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella. Its military forces are expanded to about 5000.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Vatican City is re-instated as the Pope requested a small enclave of the Papacy for himself. Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Castile's burgeoning West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 500.
 * Mapuche: The Mapuche people begin to see the first mixed children between Spanish and Mapuche people. The Spanish institute the Ecomienda system. However, the Spanish governor, in order to keep control of the people, orders the Spanish heads of the system to treat the natives fairly in order to prevent mass deaths from overwork and resentment. Spanish farming techniques have definitely prevented starvation as the Mapuche continue to expand toward the coast building a road to connect it all. The Spanish governor, also using the local Mapuche as scouts, is able to expand much more than the Buenos Aires colony and uses this to his advantage to secure more land to be able to turn over to Spanish settlers. The royal governor ramps up expansion for some of the new plantation owners setting up expanding the territory by 5000 sq km.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand, the mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The Military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the disorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the disorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the Church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is also raised to a token force of about 10,000 due to its location but remains lightly armed and unable to project power or fight any unsupported offensives.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. The Colony continues to expand 75 px. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of Integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony Proper. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 1.6 million and growing.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand lowers to 45,000 colonists as many die to disease. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 50 px.
 * New Granada: The colony of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 55 px. The colony's population expands to around 75,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 17,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco city. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers. Taking a que from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors.
 * Philippines: Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. The Philippines send nearly 50 ships from the local fleet to support Shanghai. the Philippines declare their support for Wu and support them directly with ships.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals, and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers.
 * Chile: The area is militarily supported by the CMA located in the Inca and a force of about 3000 is used to maintain order in the area. The Chilean royal governor along with the Colonial Authority begins to increase the economy of the area and is planning on a period of expansion coming up in the next few years. Chile continues to expand increasing to nearly 5000 sq km of Aymara territory and the discovery of massive silver deposits in which a native city now taken by Spaniards already stands, the population of Chile explodes with many gold and silver seekers moving to the area with the Spanish populace of Chile increasing from a mere 2000 to nearly 10,000 in a year and the natives further being integrated, especially the Aymara people. The population of the controlled territory is an estimated 250,000 and more being integrated and authority of the crown being imposed upon by the day. The Spanish instigate a large expansionary policy of connecting Chile with New Spain in a Big way making a dedicated push across the continent. The silver mines in the area known as Potosi become legend as the most silver production in the Hesperian and Borealian continents are located here.
 * East African Protectorates: This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The three African states begin to see some contention being part of a unified entity and the royal governor seeing a potential issue begins petitioning for Spain's involvement proper to either restore order or create a solution. The EAP expands by 50 px along the coast separating two of its states.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Cochin: The troops following the seizure are scaled down to 1000 troops led and trained by Spanish officers. The economic output of the area is considerably large for a new acquisition with the agriculture expanded to be able to supply most of Hispania's territories in the region. This output is expanded to include whatever metals are included and is to be included in the Spanish global trading network. The Royal governor of Cochin is established in the city of Bago, the area's greatest port city and impressed with it the Hispanian governor makes it the capital of the Spanish territory of Cochin. As a militaristic governor he immediately begins plans to keep the region secure and prevent further uprising, as well as make the territory profitable for him, and keep the Spanish East India Company out of the area. Cochin maintains an estimated population of about 450,000 and growing thanks to the economic opportunity of working and providing trade goods for Spain.
 * Dawei: Dawei is continually rebuilt from the initial revolts and the city begins to experience an increase in trade and Spanish investment. The military of the area is increased to about 500 Sepoy troops with a support of about three Spanish war galleons to keep the peace. The city itself expands to start becoming a much more metropolitan city attracting many traders from across the area that can not set up shop in the Spanish territory of Cochin. The City of Dawer raises a Sepoya army of about 1000.
 * Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. The Company reports that with nothing being done in Wu to fight the rebels ramps up its forces to nearly 20,000 hiring out all pirates in the area and ramping up forces from China proper. The Defeat of the rebels officially opens up the massive markets of Wu in full to the South China Sea Company. Shanghai begins to make up the difference in profit for fighting the revolt in Wu. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it.